SEAMCAT

Handbook

January2010

TheECO(EuropeanCommunicationsOffice)maintainsanonlinemanualathttp://seamcat.iprojects.dk/wiki/Manual.
Usersareencouragedtoconsultittogetthelatestinformation/description/explanationonthesoftware.

Note:Thecurrenttreefolder(ver.3.1.46)willberemovedinfutureversionsofSEAMCAT,andusersarenotadvised
touseitsincescenarioandcontrolareobsoletetosetupthesimulation.Insteadusersareencouragedtosetup
theirsimulationusingtheworkspacemenubar.UserscanstillusethetreefolderResultstoextractvectorresults.
ThegraphicsarebasedonSEAMCATversion3.1.46unlessotherwisementioned.

Please visit the SEAMCAT section on the ECO website (http://www.ero.dk/seamcat) to obtain the latest user
informationupdates,newsandforaccesstofreelydownloadablesoftwareandreferencesources.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

ECO would like to thank many participating companies and organisations to the SEAMCAT MoU, who made the
creation of SEAMCAT tool possible. Special thanks go to the active members of CEPT Working Group Spectrum
Engineering (WG SE), SEAMCAT Management Committee (SMC) (19972002), and SEAMCAT Technical Group(STG)
(since2003),whosemanycontributionsformedthemainbasisoftheworkintheSEAMCATprojectingeneralandthe
contentofthisdocumentinparticular.

FORFURTHERENQUIRIES

AnyenquiriestothematerialinthisdocumentaswelltothefunctioningoftheSEAMCATsoftwaremaybeaddressed
toECOat:

ECO/ProjectSEAMCAT
Peblingehus,Nansensgade19
DK1366Copenhagen,Denmark
Tel:+4533896300
Fax:+4533896330
Email:seamcat@ero.dk

CONTENTS

EXECUTIVESUMMARY............................................................................................................................................. 7
QUICKSTARTINSEAMCAT..................................................................................................................................... 10
1 INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................................. 19
1.1 BASICSOFTHEMONTECARLOMETHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................... 19
1.2 SEAMCATARCHITECTURE ..................................................................................................................................... 23
1.3 APPLICABILITYOFTHESEAMCATTOOLTOSPECTRUMENGINEERINGPROBLEMS .............................................................. 25
2 INSTALLINGSEAMCAT.................................................................................................................................... 26
2.1 FREESOFTWAREDOWNLOAD ................................................................................................................................... 26
2.2 JAVASOURCECODE................................................................................................................................................ 26
3 CREATING,OPENING,SAVINGAWORKSPACE................................................................................................. 27
4 STEP1:HOWISTHEDRSSCALCULATED?........................................................................................................ 29
4.1 PARAMETERSOFTHEVICTIMLINK............................................................................................................................. 30
4.2 PARAMETERSOFTHEGENERALTAB........................................................................................................................... 31
4.3 PARAMETERSOFTHEVICTIMRECEIVER ...................................................................................................................... 32
4.4 PARAMETERSOFTHEWANTEDTRANSMITTER ............................................................................................................. 33
4.5 POSITIONOFTHEWTVSVR..................................................................................................................................... 33
4.6 CALCULATIONOFTHEDRSS..................................................................................................................................... 34
4.7 TESTINGPROPAGATIONMODELS ............................................................................................................................... 35
4.8 LAUNCHSIMULATION ............................................................................................................................................. 36
4.9 EXTRACTDRSSVECTORS ......................................................................................................................................... 37
5 STEP2:MYFIRSTINTERFERENCEPROBABILITYCALCULATION......................................................................... 39
5.1 PARAMETERSOFTHEINTERFERINGLINKS.................................................................................................................... 39
5.2 PARAMETERSOFTHEGENERALTAB........................................................................................................................... 40
5.3 PARAMETERSOFTHEINTERFERINGTRANSMITTER ........................................................................................................ 41
5.4 POSITIONINGOFTHEVRVSIT .................................................................................................................................. 42
5.5 CALCULATIONOFTHEIRSS...................................................................................................................................... 44
5.6 RELATIONSHIPBETWEENTHEEMISSIONBANDWIDTH,THEREFERENCEBANDWIDTHANDTHEVICTIMRECEIVERBANDWIDTH....... 45
6 STEP3:PROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCE ......................................................................................................... 47
7 STEP4:WHEREDOESTHEINTERFERENCECOMEFROM?............................................................................... 50
7.1 PARAMETERSOFTHEINTERFERINGLINKS.................................................................................................................... 50
7.2 CALCULATIONOFTHEIRSS...................................................................................................................................... 51
7.3 PROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCE................................................................................................................................. 53
7.4 IMPACTOFFREQUENCYDISTRIBUTIONONINTERFERENCEPROBABILITY ............................................................................. 55
8 STEP5:AREALCASE .................................................................................................................................. 56
8.1 CALCULATIONOFTHECOVERAGERADIUSAROUNDTHEWT............................................................................................ 57
8.2 DISTANCEBETWEENTHEINTERFERINGTRANSMITTERANDTHEVICTIMRECEIVER ............................................................... 59
8.3 UNIFORMDISTRIBUTIONOFITVSVR ......................................................................................................................... 60
8.4 PROTECTIONDISTANCE ........................................................................................................................................... 64
8.5 POWERCONTROL .................................................................................................................................................. 66
8.6 ANTENNAGAIN ..................................................................................................................................................... 69
9 STEP6:GOINGFURTHER............................................................................................................................. 71
9.1 BATCHOPERATION................................................................................................................................................. 71
9.2 MULTIPLEINTERFERERSGENERATION......................................................................................................................... 73
9.3 HOWTOMAKETHEMOSTOFTHESEAMCATFIGURES ................................................................................................. 77
10 CDMASIMULATION........................................................................................................................................ 79
3
10.1 INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................................... 79
10.2 PRESIMULATIONPART ........................................................................................................................................... 80
10.3 CDMASIMULATIONPARTS ..................................................................................................................................... 86
10.4 RESULTS............................................................................................................................................................... 90
11 OFDMASIMULATION ..................................................................................................................................... 92
11.1 INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................................... 92
11.2 METHODOLOGYANDASSUMPTIONS .......................................................................................................................... 92
11.3 SETTINGUPSIMULATIONFOROFDMAASVICTIMLINK................................................................................................. 95
11.4 SETTINGUPSIMULATIONFOROFDMAASINTERFERINGLINK ......................................................................................... 98
11.5 OUTPUTPARAMETERS .......................................................................................................................................... 100
12 EXAMPLETETRAMSINTERFERERSTHEBSOFTHEANALOGUEFMPMR...................................................... 102
12.1 SCENARIOOVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................ 102
12.2 CHARACTERISTICSOFTHESYSTEMS.......................................................................................................................... 103
12.3 ASSUMPTIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 104
12.4 PROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCE............................................................................................................................... 106
12.5 STEPBYSTEPEXERCISE......................................................................................................................................... 107
ANNEX1:EGEINPUTPARAMETERS..................................................................................................................... 110
A.1.1 WINDOWVICTIMLINK/GENERAL............................................................................................................................ 110
A.1.2 WINDOWVICTIMLINK/VICTIMRECEIVER ................................................................................................................. 111
A.1.3 WINDOWVICTIMLINK/WANTEDTRANSMITTER......................................................................................................... 113
A.1.4 WINDOWVICTIMLINK/WANTEDTRANSMITTERTOVICTIMRECEIVER............................................................................. 114
A.1.5 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/GENERAL.................................................................................................................... 115
A.1.6 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/INTERFERINGTRANSMITTER............................................................................................ 116
A.1.7 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/WANTEDRECEIVER...................................................................................................... 118
A.1.8 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/ITWRPATH................................................................................................................ 119
A.1.9 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/ITVRPATH................................................................................................................. 121
A.1.10 SIMULATIONCONTROL.......................................................................................................................................... 124
ANNEX2:ICECONTROLPARAMETERS................................................................................................................. 125
A.2.1 ICEGRAPHICALUSERINTERFACE............................................................................................................................ 125
A.2.2 INTERFERENCECALCULATIONENGINECONTROL ........................................................................................................ 126
A.2.3 INTERFERENCECALCULATIONENGINE ...................................................................................................................... 127
A.2.4 INTERFERENCECRITERIAC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/NRELATIONSHIP.............................................................................. 128
ANNEX3:DRSSCALCULATION............................................................................................................................. 130
A.3.1 BASICALGORITHMFORCALCULATIONOFDRSS.......................................................................................................... 130
A.3.2 CASEOFFIXEDPOSITIONSFORVRANDWT(CORRELATEDDISTANCE) ............................................................................. 131
A.3.3 CASEOFUSERDEFINEDDRSS................................................................................................................................. 131
ANNEX4:IRSSCALCULATION.............................................................................................................................. 132
A.4.1 UNWANTEDINTERFERINGFIELDSTRENGTH(IRSS
UNWANTED
)CALCULATION......................................................................... 132
A.4.2 BLOCKINGINTERFERINGFIELDSTRENGTH(IRSS
BLOCKING
)CALCULATION.............................................................................. 132
A.4.3 INTERMODULATIONINTERFERINGFIELDSTRENGTH(IRSS
INTERMODULATION
)CALCULATION ........................................................ 133
ANNEX5:UNWANTEDEMISSIONSMASK............................................................................................................ 134
A.5.1 UNWANTEDEMISSIONMASK ................................................................................................................................. 134
A.5.2 UNWANTEDEMISSIONCALCULATION ....................................................................................................................... 134
A.5.3 EMISSIONFLOOR ................................................................................................................................................. 136
A.5.4 EXAMPLESOFDBCEMISSIONMASKANDRELATIONBETWEENNORMALISEDMASKANDREF.BWMASK ................................. 137
A.5.5 EXAMPLESOFCALCULATIONUSINGDBC ................................................................................................................... 138
A.5.6 DEFININGACDMAUNWANTEDEMISSIONMASKINSEAMCAT(INTERFERINGLINK)....................................................... 139
ANNEX6:RECEIVERSELECTIVITYANDBLOCKINGATTENUATION......................................................................... 142
A.6.1 BASICCONCEPT ................................................................................................................................................... 142
4
A.6.2 USERDEFINEDMODE ........................................................................................................................................... 143
A.6.3 PROTECTIONRATIOANDSENSITIVITYMODES............................................................................................................. 143
A.6.4 SEAMCATCALCULATIONOFRECEIVERATTENUATIONINTHEPROTECTIONRATIOMODE ................................................... 145
A.6.5 SEAMCATCALCULATIONOFRECEIVERATTENUATIONINTHESENSITIVITYMODE.............................................................. 146
A.6.6 DEFININGACDMABLOCKINGMASKINSEAMCAT(VICTIMLINK) ............................................................................... 147
ANNEX7:HOWTOCALCULATETHEPROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCEFORUNWANTEDANDBLOCKINGINASINGLE
RUN148
A.7.1 CANTHEPROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCEFORUNWANTEDANDBLOCKINGBEDONEINTHESAMEWORKSPACEATONCE? .......... 148
A.7.2 EXAMPLE ........................................................................................................................................................... 149
ANNEX8:DISTRIBUTIONORFUNCTIONDEFINITION ........................................................................................... 150
A.8.1 DEFININGADISTRIBUTION ..................................................................................................................................... 150
A.8.2 DEFININGAFUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................... 152
ANNEX9:ANTENNASETUP................................................................................................................................ 153
A.9.1 ANTENNAHEIGHT,POINTINGAZIMUTHANDELEVATION............................................................................................... 153
A.9.2 PATHAZIMUTH.................................................................................................................................................... 153
A.9.3 DEFINITIONOFANTENNAPATTERNS......................................................................................................................... 155
A.9.4 ANTENNAGAIN................................................................................................................................................... 156
ANNEX10:RADIUS ............................................................................................................................................. 157
A.10.1 COVERAGERADIUS............................................................................................................................................... 157
A.10.2 SIMULATIONRADIUS(UNIFORMDENSITYOPTION) ..................................................................................................... 159
ANNEX11:POWERCONTROLFUNCTION(FORNONCDMAONLY)....................................................................... 161
A.11.1 POWERCONTROLINTHEINTERFERINGLINK............................................................................................................... 161
A.11.2 POWERCONTROLINTHEVICTIMLINK....................................................................................................................... 161
ANNEX12:ACS,ACLRANDACIRAPPROACHINSEAMCAT ................................................................................... 163
A.12.1 GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................ 163
A.12.2 ACIRINDL ........................................................................................................................................................ 164
A.12.3 ACIRINUL ........................................................................................................................................................ 164
ANNEX13:CDMA ............................................................................................................................................... 165
A.13.1 EXAMPLEONCDMAOPTIMALCAPACITY .............................................................................................................. 165
A.13.2 DETAILEDINFORMATIONONTHELASTCDMASNAPSHOT............................................................................................ 167
ANNEX14:OFDMA ............................................................................................................................................. 181
A.14.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................................... 181
A.14.2 DLALGORITHM................................................................................................................................................... 181
A.14.3 ULALGORITHM................................................................................................................................................... 182
ANNEX15:PROPAGATIONMODELS .................................................................................................................... 183
A.15.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................................... 183
A.15.2 USERDEFINEDMODEL(PLUGINMODEL)................................................................................................................. 183
A.15.3 FREESPACEPROPAGATIONMODEL(BUILTIN) ............................................................................................................ 184
A.15.4 EXTENDEDHATAANDEXTENDEDHATA(SRD)MODELS(BUILTIN) ................................................................................ 185
A.15.5 SPHERICALDIFFRACTIONPROPAGATIONMODEL(BUILTIN) ........................................................................................... 190
A.15.6 ITURRECOMMENDATIONP.15461PROPAGATIONMODEL ...................................................................................... 194
ANNEX16:SOFTWAREGUIDANCE....................................................................................................................... 201
A.16.1 MEANINGOFCONSISTENCYCHECKANDSEAMCATERRORMESSAGE ............................................................................ 201
A.16.2 INSTALLATIONTROUBLESHOOTFAQ........................................................................................................................ 203
A.16.3 DEBUGMODEINSEAMCAT ................................................................................................................................. 205
ANNEX17:REFERENCEMATERIALANDWORKSPACES......................................................................................... 206
5
6
A.17.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................................... 206
A.17.2 SUMMARYOFECC/CEPTREPORTS......................................................................................................................... 206
A.17.3 DETAILOFECC/CEPTREPORTS ............................................................................................................................. 206
ANNEX18:BANDWIDTHCORRECTIONFACTOR................................................................................................... 211
ANNEX19:ANSWERSTOTHETETRAVSFMPMREXAMPLE................................................................................. 212
ANNEX20:LISTOFREFERENCES.......................................................................................................................... 215
ANNEX21:LISTOFABBREVIATIONS.................................................................................................................... 216
ANNEX22:GLOSSARY......................................................................................................................................... 217
INDEX.................................................................................................................................................................. 219
EXECUTIVESUMMARY

Introduction
SEAMCAT (Spectrum Engineering Advanced Monte Carlo Analysis Tool) is a statistical simulation model that uses a
method of analysis called Monte Carlo to assess the potential interference between different radiocommunication
systems.
ThishandbookisintendedasanintroductiontoSEAMCATfornewusers,toguidethemthroughfrominstallationto
carryingoutadvancedsimulations.Itisalsointendedasareferenceformoreexperiencedusersbyprovidingworking
guidanceondifferentscenariosandadvancedfunctions.
ThisHandbookisnotintendedtobeastandaloneinformationsourcebutiscomplementedbytheonlineSEAMCAT
manual (www.seamcat.org/xwiki) and the description of the Monte Carlo method given in ERC Report 68
(www.erodocdb.dk).
TheapproachtakenbySEAMCATtoassessthepotentialinterferencecanbesummarisedin4basicsteps:
1. theuserdefinesthedistributionofpossiblevaluesforthesystemandpropagationparametersofthedesired
andinterferinglinks;
2. SEAMCAT uses these distributions to generate random samples based on the Monte Carlo method called
snapshotsofthesubjectparameters;
3. ForeachsnapshotSEAMCATcalculatestheinterferinganddesiredsignallevels;
4. SEAMCAT then calculates the probability of interference by comparing the relationship of desired and
interferingsignalsatthevictimreceiverforeachsnapshot.

ThebenefitofSEAMCATbeingafreelyavailableandaCEPTagreedsoftwaretool,isthatthefollowingissuescanbe
studiedandrecreatedbyanyoftheinterestedpartiesratherthanbyproprietarysoftwarebeingused.Theonlyarea
for discussion would be the value of the input parameters and scenario being applied. Studies that could be
investigatedare:
- Sharingandcompatibilitystudiesondifferentequipmentoperatinginthesameoradjacentfrequencybands;
- Evaluationofdifferentsystemstransmitandreceivemasks;
- Evaluationoflimitssuchasunwantedemissions,blockingandintermodulationlevels.

Methodology
The radio spectrum is a limited resource and can only be used optimally if compatibility is assured between radio
systemslocatedinthesameoradjacentfrequencybands.Forexample,animportantcriterionforradiocompatibility
is the difference between the desired (wanted) and interfering signal levels in the victim receiver input. This
parameterisusedtoderiveaseparationbetweenthevictimandinterferingsystemsorservicesingeographicalspace
or frequency domains. Considering only the adjacent bands, the most significant interference mechanisms are the
unwanted emissions from the transmitters as well as blocking and intermodulation in the victim receiver. There are
many ways of analysing this criterion one is to use Monte Carlo Analysis SEAMCAT, another theoretical method
thathasbeenusedextensivelyinthisfieldistheMinimumCouplingLossmethod.
The classical approach for the estimation of these interference mechanisms is the Minimum Coupling Loss (MCL)
method. However the essentially analytical MCL method is rigid and difficult to implement in many cases, where
operationofradiocommunicationssystemsmaynotbedescribedinstaticterms,e.g.therandomnatureofoperation
of user terminals in mobile systems. While compromise in such cases may be found by making certain (worst case)
assumptionsandsimplificationsontheoperationoftheconsideredsystems,thismayproduceanunnecessarilystiff
andstaticinterferenceassessment,whichoftenbecomesbiasedtowardsoneoftheconsideredsystemsdependingon
thepartialityofassumptions/simplificationsmade.
The Monte Carlo method is a statistical methodology for the simulation of random processes by randomly taking
values from a probability density function. The term "Monte Carlo method" was coined in the 1940s by physicists
working on nuclear weapon projects in the Los Alamos National Laboratory [9]. This approach was used for solving
statisticalproblems;thecodenamegiventotheworkwasMonteCarlo.
A radio communication system is made up of a series of variables. Therefore, if a user defines correctly the input
valuesofasystemthenbytakingenoughsamplesareallifesystemcanbesimulated.SEAMCAThasbeendesignedto
apply the Monte Carlo method in order to them to generate the desired (wanted) and interfering signal levels at a
victimreceiver;theprobabilityofinterferencecanthenbecalculated.
7
8
Theuserdefinestheradiosystemsparametersaseitherconstantsuchasabasestationsposition,orasavariable
suchasmobilestationposition.ThenbyrunningaMonteCarloprocessthemobilepositionwillvaryrandomlywithin
its distribution curve and all the variables that will change with the mobiles location such as path loss will be
calculated for each new position. Up to 20 functions of the radio system all with a range of variables can be
modelledinSEAMCAT.Reliableresultsareobtainedbyapplyingalargenumberofsamples/events(>20,000).
The flexibility in the model and its supporting software implementation allow quick yet reliable consideration of
spatial and temporal distributions of the received signals and the resulting statistical probability of interference in a
wide variety of scenarios. It therefore enables more precise mutual positioning of those considered systems, and
hencemoreefficientuseoftheradiospectrum.
StructureoftheManual
Section1to3ofthisdocumentprovidesageneraloverviewanddescriptionofthesoftware.
Section4to11guidethebeginner,stepbystep,onhowtouseSEAMCAT,withdetailsofhowthesoftwareworksand
onthegraphicalinteraction.
Section12containsanexampleofacompletesimulationincludingscenario,setofparametersandresults.
Annex1toAnnex22providemoredetailsofthealgorithms,interfacesandsharingstudyprincipals.


(blankpage)
9
QuickStartinSEAMCAT





Definingsharingstudyscenario 3
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
Wanted
Receiver
(Wr)
Interfering
Transmitter
(It)
dRSS
iRSS
1
InstallationofSEAMCAT:2choicesfromwww.seamcat.org
OnlineWebstart Offline
(Windows,Linuxetc...) (Windowsonly)
2
CreatingOpening Savingaworkspace(.sws)
Version Dateofrelease
New
Open
Save
Selectthe.swsfile
Victimlink
Interfering
link
10


General
information
onthelink
Victimreceivercharacteristics(nonCDMAsystems)
(sensitivity,BW,antenna,blockingresponse,interferencecriteria,etc...)
Wantedtransmittercharacteristics(nonCDMAsystems)
(power,antenna)
Positionandpropagationmodelinformation
betweentheWtandtheVr
Choicefroma
library
Distributionofthe
dRSS
Distributionofthe
centrefrequency
Terrestrialbroadcastingsystems
andEarthstationsofsatellite
systems
PointtoMultipointfixed
systems
PointtoPointand
LandMobileSystems,Short
RangeDevicesandEarth
basedcomponentsofsatellite
systems
SystemsthatcanbesimulatedinSEAMCAT
4
VictimLinkParameters







DefinitionoftheCDMAvictim
receiverblockingresponse
SelectionoftheCDMA
module
Distributionofthe
centrefrequency
CDMAmodule
5
VictimLinkParametersCDMAsystem
11





General
information
onthelink
Interferingtransmittercharacteristics(nonCDMAsystems)(power,
BW,antenna,unwantedemissionmask,powercontrol,etc...)
Wantedreceiver
characteristics
(nonCDMAsystems)
(power,antenna)
Positionandpropagationmodelinformationbetweenthe
ItandtheWroftheinterferinglink
Choosefrom
alibrary
Distribution
ofthecentre
frequency
Add/edit/
Positionandpropagationmodelinformation
betweentheItandtheVr
InterferingLinkParametersCDMAsystem
DefinitionoftheCDMA
unwantedemissionmask
Selectionofthe
CDMAmodule
frequency
ofthecentre
Distribution
CDMAmodule
7
interferers
duplicate
6
InterferingLinkParameters
12



Providesbasic
informationon
thesimulation
status
Meanandstd.
deviationvalueof
dRSSandiRSSfor
unwantedand
blockingeffects
Displaythevictim
andinterferinglink
elementforeach
snapshot

Progressbarto
trackthecurrent
taskstatusandthe
systemmemory

Victimlink
Wantedreceiver(Wr)
Wantedtransmitter(Wt)
Victimreceiver(Vr)
Interferingtransmitter(It)
Interferinglink
9
Results:Simulationstatusinterface
C.Launchasimulation
B.Selectthenumberofsnapshots
A.Checkconsistency
8
Startasimulation
13

Results:Interferencecalculation
11

Compatibility:Probabilityof
interference
Translation:Probabilityofinterference
asafunctionofparameters
17.5%ofprobabilityof
interference
10
Results:dRSSandiRSSvectors
14




CDMAinterface
12
Providesgeneral
informationonthe
CDMAsystem
Systemcharacteristics
specificforeachlink(i.e.
UplinkorDownlink)

Positionoftheelements
inthecellularnetwork(i.e.
antenna,cellradius,
SettingupthenumberofCDMAusersinthe
network(i.e.capacity)
Positionofthereferencecelltothenetwork
Settingupthepropagationmodel
www.seamcat.org/xwiki
www.ero.dk/seamcat
13
Onlinemanual

15

ID Description
1 Createanewworkspace
2 OpenanySEAMCATworkspace(.swsfile)
3 Saveaworkspaceas.swsfilewiththedefaultfilename
4 Saveaworkspaceas.swsfilewithaselectablefilename
5 Savealltheworkspacesatonce
6 Closetheselectedworkspace
7 Closealltheworkspacesatonce
8 ImportlibraryfromSEAMCAT3format
9 ExportlibraryfromSEAMCAT3format
10 AllowsusertoopenSEAMCATworkspaceswhicharenotSEAMCAT3format(i.e..sws)(legacy
version)
10a Openalegacylibrary
10b Openalegacyscenario(.txtfile)
11 AccesstheconfigurationofSEAMCAT(Homeselection,Serversettings)
12 ExitSEAMCAT(thiswillclosetheSEAMCATapplication)
13 Allowsthetoolbartobedisplayed
14 Allowsthestatusbartobedisplayed
15 Expandthetree
16 Collapsethetree
17 Usefulinparticularforstoringantennaprofileswithcomplexradiationpatterns
18 Usefultostoredetaileddescriptionsoftypicalreceivers
19 Usefultostoredetaileddescriptionsoftypicaltransmitterswithcomplexemissionplots
20 SetofpredefinedtablesandallowsusertocreatetheirowntablesofCDMAlinkleveldata
16


ID Description
21 Allowsaccesstouserdefinedpropagationmodels
22 Usedforperformingadditional,userdefinedcomputationswithdataproducedineachSEAMCATsnapshot
23 Forupdatingallscenarioparametersofvictimlinkpairsoftransmittersandreceivers
24 Toupdatetheparametersofinterferinglinkinascenario,createnewinterferinglinksordeleteexistingones
25 Postprocessingpluginconfiguration
26 Todetecterroneousorinconsistentvaluesinthescenariodefinitionbeforerunningasimulation
27 UsedtodeterminetherunningtimeoftheEventGenerationEngineofSEAMCAT
28 Accesstheinterferencecalculationtabsheet
29 GenerateaSEAMCATsimulationreport
30 AutomationofrepetitivetasksbyschedulingseveralSEAMCATsimulationstobedoneinonerun
31 Autogenerationofmultipleinterferinglinksusingregularpatternofinterferinglinks
32 TestbuiltinSEAMCATfunctions
32a Checkthebuiltindistributionfunction
32b Checkthebuiltinandpluginpropagationmodel
32c Checktheunwantedemissionfunction
32d Calculator
33 Easetheperformingoflengthysimulationsbyusingaremoteserver,orsetupyourcomputerasaserver
33a Sendajobtoaremoteserver(ECOprovidesfreeremoteserverfacilities)
33b Checkthestatusofthejobsyouhavesent
33c StartyourcomputerasaSEAMCATserver
33d StopyourcomputerfrombeingaSEAMCATserver
34 Help
17
18
(blankpage)
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 BasicsoftheMonteCarlomethodology
ThestatisticalmethodologyusedasabasisforSEAMCATisknownastheMonteCarlotechnique.Statisticalsimulation
methods may be contrasted to conventional analytical methods, which are typically applied to ordinary or partial
differential equations that describe some underlying physical or mathematical system. In many applications of the
Monte Carlo technique, the physical process is simulated directly, and there is no need to even write down the
differentialequationsthatdescribethebehaviourofthesystem.

The only requirement is that the physical or mathematical system be described by probability density functions
(pdfs). Once the pdfs of the relevant parameters are known, the Monte Carlo simulation can proceed by random
samplingofthem.Manysimulationtrialsareperformedandthedesiredresultistakenasanaverageoverthenumber
ofobservations.Inmanypracticalapplications,onecanpredictthestatisticalerrorinthis averageresult,andhence
anestimateofthenumberofMonteCarlotrialsthatareneededtoachieveagivenerror.
1.1.1 Basicscenariocapability
The SEAMCAT tool models a victim receiver (Vr) connected to a wanted transmitter (Wt) operating amongst a
population of interferer transmitters (It). These interferers maybelong to the same system as the victim, a different
systemoramixtureofboth.Theinterferersarerandomlydistributedaroundthevictiminamannerdecidedbythe
userandarelinkedtoawantedreceiver(Wr).Itiscommonpracticetouseauniformrandomdistribution.Thedensity
ofinterferersissetinlinewiththeenvironmentbeingmodelled,i.e.anurbanenvironmenthasahigherdensitythana
rural environment. Only a proportion of the interferers are active at any one time. This proportion is known as the
utilisation and may depend upon the day of the week as well as the time of day. Figure 1 illustrates how the
interferers and victim may appear for one simulation trial. Also illustrated is the transmitter providing the victims
wantedsignal.Figure2illustratestheterminologyofthevariouselementsthatSEAMCATsimulates.

Wanted
Signal
It

Wt
Interferinglink
Interference
Wr
(iRSS)
Victimlink
(dRSS)
Vr
Inactive
Interferer
Victim
Active
Interferer
Figure1:AtypicalvictimandinterfererscenarioforaMonte
Carlosimulationtrial

Figure2:TerminologyusedinSEAMCAT
1.1.2 Methodologyassociatedtothe(C/I)criterion
FourinterferencecriteriaareconsideredwithinSEAMCAT:
C/I
C/(I+N)
(N+I)/N
I/N

Figure3:InterferencecriteriafromtheInterference
CalculationEngine(ICE)controlparameterdialogue
box(see#6ofFigure142onpage125)

Figure4:Interferencecriteriaasprovidedbythe
user(seesectionA.1.2ofAnnex1)
19
ThecriterionforinterferencetooccurisfortheVrtohaveacarriertointerferenceratio(C/I)lessthantheminimum
allowable value. In order to calculate the victims C/I, it is necessary to establish the victims wanted signal
strength/desired Received Signal Strength (dRSS) corresponding to the C, as well as the interfering signal strength
(iRSS)correspondingtotheI.
Examples:
C/Imayvarytypicallybetween9dB(e.g.forQPSK)to26dBorhigher(e.g.for64QAM).Introducingnoise(I/N),then
C/I is desensitised by (N+I)/N resulting in C/(N+I). Note that the desensitisation is exactly the factor (N+I)/N (also =
1+I/N).
Consideringthat
dB dB dB
N
I
N
I N
I
I N

+
=

+
and
dB dB dB
I
I N
I
C
I N
C

+

AndassumingaC/Iof19dB,thefollowingexamplesmaybeconsidered:
- I/N=0dB,resultsin(N+I)/N=3dBandconsidering C/I=19dB,thenC/(N+I)=C/I3dB=16dB
- I/N=6dB,resultsin(N+I)/N~1dBandconsideringC/I=19dB,thenC/(N+I)=C/I7dB=12dB
- I/N=10dB,resultsin(N+I)/N~0.4dBandconsideringC/I=19dB,thenC/(N+I)=C/I10dB=9dB
- I/N=20dB,resultsin(N+I)/N=0.04~0.1dBandconsideringC/I=19dB,thenC/(N+I)=C/I20dB=1dB
Note that the mathematical relations between these 4 criteria and also the algorithms of the consistency check are
providedinAnnex2.

Note:IncaseC/(I+N)ischosenastheprotectioncriteriontheimpactoftheinterfereris
negligiblecomparedtothethermalnoise(i.e.C/(I+N)C/N),ifI/N20dB;
ifI/N>10...20dB,thenC/(I+N)C/I(i.e.theinterfererismoredominantthanthe
thermalnoise)
The position of the victims wanted signal transmitter is identified and a link budget calculation completed. Having
knowledge of both the interfering signal strength and the wanted signal strength allows the victims C/I ratio to be
computed.Figure5illustratesthevarioussignallevels.

NoiseFloor(dBm)
MinimumPermissible
C/Nratio(dB)
WantedSignal
margin(dB)
Sensitivity(dBm)
WantedSignal(dBm)
(dRSS=C)
Interference(dB)
(iRSS=I)
NoiseFloor
increasedby
interference(dB)
Receiver C/I(dB)
(a) (b)

Figure5:Thesignallevelsusedtodeterminewhetherornotinterferenceisoccurring
Figure 5 (a) represents the situation when there
is no interference and the victim is receiving the
desiredsignalwithsomemargin.Inthiscasethe
victims Signal level is given by the sum of the
Sensitivityandwantedsignalmarginl.

Figure 5 (b) illustrates what happens when interference

occurs. The interference adds to the noise floor. The
difference between the wanted signal strength and the
interference signal, measured in dB, defines the Signal to
Interference ratio. This ratio must be greater than the
requiredC/Ithresholdifinterferenceistobeavoided.The
Monte Carlo simulation tool checks for this condition and
20
records whether or not interference is occurring. This is
illustratedfurtherinFigure6.

Foreachrandomeventwhere
dRSS>sensitivity:
NoiseFloor(dBm)
Desiredsignalvalue(dBm)
(dRSS)
Interferingsignal(dBm)
(iRSS)
C/I
trial
>C/I
target
?
Interference(dB)
IfC/I
trial
i
>C/I
target
:goodevent
IfC/I
trial
i
<C/I
target
:interfered

Finally,aftercycleofN
all
events:
OverallP
interference
=1(N
good
/N
all
)
Desiredsignalstrength:dRSS>(C)
Interferingsignalstrength:iRSS>(I)
random
event
sensitivity
Figure6:Illustrativesummaryoftheinterferencecriteriacomputation.
TheMonteCarlotechniqueworksbyconsideringmanyindependentinstantsintime(orinspace).Foreachinstant,or
simulationtrial,ascenarioisbuiltupusinganumberofdifferentrandomvariables,i.e.wheretheinterfererislocated
with respect to the victim, how strong the wanted signal strength is, which channels the victim and interferer are
using etc. If a sufficient number of simulation trials are considered then the probability of a certain event occurring
canbecalculatedwithahighlevelofaccuracy.

In this way, the tool is able to quantify the probability of interference between radio systems and is able to help
determine appropriate frequency planning rules or specify limits for transmitter / receiver performance. The
interferingmodes(unwantedandblocking)aswellastheinterferencecriteriaareselectableinSEAMCATasshownin
Figure40(p.48)andFigure142(p.125).
1.1.3 Interferencemechanisms
Several interference mechanisms are included such as unwanted emissions, receiver blocking, intermodulation
products,cochannelandadjacentchannelinterferencephenomena.
- Thelevelofunwantedemissions(i.e.consistingofthespuriousemissionsandoutofbandemissions[8]of
theinterferingtransmitter)fallingwithinthevictimsreceiverbandwidthisdeterminedusingtheinterferers
transmit mask as illustrated in Figure 7, the selectivity of the victim receiver, interferer / victim frequency
separation,antennagainsandpropagationloss.
Further details on the unwanted emission mask are provided in Annex 5 and details on the iRSS
unwanted

calculationaregiveninsectionA.4.1ofAnnex4.Theunwantedemissionisalsosometimesquantifiedusing
thetermAdjacentChannelLeakageRatio(ACLR)(seeAnnex12).NotethattheRxbandwidthisconsideredin
theunwantedcalculation.
21
Interfering

Unwanted:
fVr
fIt
emissionmask Rxbandwidth
Figure7:Illustrationoftheinterferenceduetotheunwantedemissions(i.e.theunwantedemissionsofItfallingin
thereceiverbandwidthofVr)
- The receiver blocking power, i.e. the power captured from the transmissions of the interferer due to
selectivity imperfections of the victims receiver as shown in Figure 8, is determined using the interferers
transmit power, victim receiver blocking performance, interferer / victim frequency separation, antenna
gainsandpropagationloss.FurtherdetailsonreceiverblockingcanbefoundinAnnex6aswellasdetailson
theiRSS
blocking
calculationinA.4.2ofAnnex4.Theblockingcalculationiscomputedattheinterfererfrequency
andtheItbandwidthisnotconsidered.
Blocking:
fVr
ReceiverMask
fIt
ofthereceiver
Rejection
Rxbandwidth

Figure8:Illustrationoftheblockingofthevictimreceiver(i.e.totalemissionpowerofItreducedbytheblocking
attenuation(selectivity)functionoftheVr.
- Thecombinationoftheunwantedemissionsandthereceiverblockingcanalsobestudiedsimultaneouslyin
SEAMCATasdepictedinFigure9.SeeAnnex7forfurtherdetails.
fVr
VictimReceiver
Mask
fIt
receiverbandwidth
Blocking
InterfererTransmitter
emissionmask
Unwanted
Emissions

Figure9:IllustrationofthecombinedunwantedemissionsandthereceiverblockingmechanisminSEAMCAT
- Theintermodulationinterference,i.e.thepowerofintermodulationproducts,reducedbythe
intermodulationattenuationfunctionoftheVr.SeeAnnex4forfurtherdetails.
22
1.2 SEAMCATArchitecture
The architecture of SEAMCAT software is composed of the Event Generation Engine (EGE), Interference Calculation
Engine (ICE), CDMA Engine (CDMAE), any potential future calculation engine as well as an extended user interface
outputs.ThedatastorageisXMLbasedfiles.
ThearchitectureofSEAMCAT3isshownbelowinFigure10.

Figure10:ArchitectureofSEAMCAT
ThethreemaincomputationalenginesofSEAMCAT3aredescribedbelow:
- EGE:EventGenerationEngine
- ICE:InterferenceCalculationEngine
- CDMAE:CDMAsimulationEngine
For nonCDMA simulation, the interferenceprobabilitycalculation is achieved by acommon work of two calculation
engines(i.e.theEGEandtheICE).
The Event Generation Engine may be seen as the main clock of the MonteCarlo snapshots taking place inside
SEAMCAT. As such it provides the main stage for simulation of nonCDMA systems, but it also provides the general
simulation management even if CDMA systems are defined in the simulation scenario, by invoking the CDMA
functions and power control module at relevant instances. It uses the relevant radio parameters from a defined
interferencescenarioandgeneratesanumberofrandomvaluedsignalsamplesbyusingmathematicalmethods.The
generatedsamplesareprocessedtocalculatethedesiredReceivedSignalStrength(dRSS)whichisthestrengthofthe
signalreceivedattheVictimReceiver(Vr)fromtheWantedTransmitter(Wt),andallinterferingsignalstrengthsiRSS
i

(i
th
interferingReceivedSignalStrength)whichisthestrengthofasignalfromtheInterferingTransmitter(It)received
attheVr(seeFigure7andFigure8)..ThisprocessisrepeatedNtimes,whereNisthenumberofevents(alsodenoted
assnapshots).ThegeneratedsignalstrengthsarestoredinseparatedataarraysoflengthN.
ForeachofthemajorinterferingmechanismsimplementedinSEAMCAT(interferenceduetounwantedemissions
(Figure7),blockingofthevictimreceiver(Figure8)andinterferenceduetointermodulationproductsgenerated
betweentwointerferers)separatedataarraysaregenerated.
The Interference Calculation Engine processes the information gathered by the EGE to calculate the probability of
interference. It is the ultimate part of the SEAMCAT architecture when applied to nonCDMA victim systems. In ICE,
the samples of wanted (dRSS) and unwanted (iRSS) signals generated by the EGE arecompared against the relevant
signaltonoise criteria (specified in the scenario, such as C/N, C/N+I etc) to calculate the actual probability of
interferencewiththeconditionthatthedesiredreceivedsignalstrengthsisgreaterthanthesensitivityofthevictim
receiver(dRSS>sens).Thisprobabilitycanbecalculatedfordifferentinterferencemechanisms:
23
Twomodesofoperations,asillustratedinFigure142ofAnnex2(p.125),areimplementedfortheICEmodule:
1. Compatibility: This mode provides a singlefigure estimate of the probability of interference in a
giveninterferencescenario;
2. Translation: This mode calculates probability of interference as a function of changing one of the
following parameters: (i) Transmitter power of the interfering transmitter, (ii) blocking response
level of the victim receiver, (iii) intermodulation rejection level for the victim receiver. See Figure
142foranexample
FormoredetailsontheICEcontrolparameterpleaseconsultAnnex2.
TheCDMAsimulationEngineallowsthesimulationofCDMAnetworks.WhereastraditionalsimulationofnonCDMA
systems is carried out in SEAMCAT by taking two pairs of transmittersreceivers and estimating signals received
betweenthemseparately(i.e.withoutanyformoffeedbackinfluence),thesimulationofCDMAsystemsrequires a
much more complex process of power controlling in a fully loaded system, including impact from two tiers of
neighbouringcellsand,forvictimCDMAsystems,theattemptbythesystemtolevelouttheinterferenceimpact.
The User Interface (UI) enables the access to and efficient use of all the functionalities of SEAMCAT. This module
communicateswith:
- the technicaldata management module to get data from the technical database or to update the database
usingtheinformationenteredbytheuser,
- thecalculationmoduletolaunchaninterferencecalculation,
- theresultsmanagementmoduletovisualiseresults,tosavethemortodeletethem,
- theinitiationofanautomatic(batch)simulation.
TheSEAMCATuserwillgetfamiliarallalongthismanualwiththeSEAMCATuserinterfacedialogboxthroughstepby
stepexamples.
24
1.3 ApplicabilityoftheSEAMCATtooltoSpectrumEngineeringProblems
SEAMCAT can assist spectrum managers in providing solutions to a number of problems commonly encountered in
thefieldofspectrumengineering.Theseincludetheabilityto:
- identifycandidatefrequencybandsforradiosystems;
- determinetheappropriatesizeoffrequencyseparations(orguardbands);
- derivetransmitteremissionmasksneededtoprotectadjacentservices;
- specifyreceiversusceptibilitytopreservesystemperformanceinagivenradioenvironment;
- identifybandsharingissuesbetweendifferentservicesandtechnologies;
- helpprovidebandrefarmingstrategies.
AnumberofvariousradiocommunicationssystemscanbemodelledusingSEAMCAT,suchas:
- LandMobileSystems,ShortRangeDevicesandEarthbasedcomponentsofsatellitesystems;
- PointtoPointandPointtoMultipointfixedsystems;
- terrestrialBroadcastingsystemsandEarthstationsofsatellitesystems.
TheMonteCarlotechniquecanaddressanyoftheradiointerferencescenariosregardlessoftheinterferingandvictim
systems,forexampleapopulationofcellularmobiletelephonesinterferingwithaWirelessLocalLoopbasereceiver.
Thereisnorestrictionuponthevictimorinterferingsystems.Theonlyrequirementisthatthereisknowledgeofthe
parameters which can be used to model them. This includes the receiver and transmitter specifications, the
propagationmodelassociatedwiththemediumofcommunicationandameasureofthequalityofservicerequired.

Note: SEAMCAT assumes a flat Earth model for calculating path geometries and propagation losses. This limits the
range of considered standard interference scenarios to terrestrial configurations and nonpathspecific propagation
models.

Note:Thetechnicalspecificationsofthereceiverandtransmitterarecommonlyextractedfromthe
ETSIstandard(seehttp://www.etsi.org/WebSite/Standards/Standard.aspx).

25
2 INSTALLINGSEAMCAT
2.1 Freesoftwaredownload

SEAMCATisdevelopedusingJavawhichmeansitcanrunonanyoperatingsystemsupportedbyJava.SEAMCAT
installationisstartedbyclickingontheinstalllinkfromwww.seamcat.org.TheECOprovides2optionsforinstallation
ofSEAMCAT:

PlatformindependentinstallationusingJavaWebstarttechnology

This Java Webstart option initiates the Live Web install procedure without the need for separately distributed
installationfiles,whereasacopyoftheapplicationisautomaticallyinstalledontoyourPCdirectlyfromtheInternet.
OnceSEAMCATisinstalledovertheInternetusingtheJavaWebstart,itmaybelaunchedlaterandrunautonomously
onyourPC.However,ateachlaunch,SEAMCATwillcheckwhetherInternetconnectionisavailableand,ifyes,itwill
automatically connect to www.seamcat.org to check whether a newer version is available. This Live Web Update
feature ensures that whenever working on Internetconnected computer, you will always run the latest possible
versionofSEAMCAT.

OfflineinstallationforMicrosoftWindows

With the offline installation option, SEAMCAT will NOT be automatically updated every time it is connected to the
internet,butthisoptionisrecommendedifyouexperienceproblemswithWebstartonMicrosoftWindows.

SeeA.16.2forInstallationtroubleshootFrequentlyAskedQuestions.
2.2 JavaSourcecode
ThesourcecodeforSEAMCAT3ismadeavailableforscrutiny.Theonlyconditionforobtainingacopyofthesource
codeistosignaspecialSourceCodeUserLicenceAgreementanddeliverittoECOeitherbyfax,email
(seamcat@ero.dk)ormailpost.

TheLicenseAgreementcanbefoundatwww.ero.dk/downloadasillustratedinFigure11.
Selectgroup:SEAMCAT
SelectYear:sourcecode

Figure11:www.ero.dk/downloadtoextracttheSourceCodeUserLicenceAgreement.

26
3 CREATING,OPENING,SAVINGAWORKSPACE
SEAMCAT organises all its input and output information in a so called workspace, which may be seen both as
operatingenvironmentforgivenstudyandasacontainer/file,storing:
- simulation technical data, also known as simulation scenario containing all input data: equipment
parameters,placementandpropagationssettings,etc.
- simulationcontrolparameters:numberofevents,debugginglogging,etc.
- simulationresults:eventgenerationresultsandinterferenceprobabilitycalculationresults.

Beforestarting,thereisaneedtoeithercreateanewworkspace(1)oropenanexistingone(2)asshowninFigure12.
Whencreatingoropeningaworkspace,SEAMCATautomaticallypresentsthefilenameinthetreefolderasshownin
(4).Bydefault,anewworkspacewillbecalledNewWorkspace_xyz.Theusercanchangethename.Whencreatinga
newsimulationworkspace,thevictimlinkandoneinterferinglinkareautomaticallycreatedandinitialisedwithsome
default parameters. Finally, when saving (3) your workspace you will store the file with a .sws extension
(SEAMCATWorkSpace).

Figure12:Illustrationofhowtocreateoropenaworkspaceanditsassociatedfilename.
WhensavingaSEAMCATworkspace,theusersispromptedwith3choicesasshowninFigure13.
1. Allfiles:Allowtheusertoseeallfilesinthecurrentfolderandtypeanynamedesired.
2. DefaultSEAMCATWorkspace:SavethecurrentworkspaceastheSEAMCATdefaultworkspace.Thedefault
workspacefiletypehasadifferentfileendingandifplacedintherightfolderwillbeusedasthetemplatefor
allnewworkspaces.Thisworkslikethe"normal.dot"fileinMSWord.
3. SEAMCATWorkspaceFiles(Recommended):TraditionalXMLbasedworkspacefiles.

Figure13:SavingoptionsinSEAMCAT
27

Note:Existing.swsfileswhichhavebeengeneratedaspartofsomeECCreportorCEPTreports
activitiescanbefoundwww.erodocdb.dk.AnexampleisshowninFigure14fortheECCReport
122.SeeAnnex17(p.206)forfurtherexamplesfromvariousECCdeliverables.


Figure14:ECCdatabasewhere.swsfileusedinproducingECCorCEPTreportarestored(seeAnnex17onp.206).
28
4 STEP1:HOWISTHEDRSSCALCULATED?
DefineVictimreceiver(Vr)
Operatingfrequency
Receiverbandwidth


Forthisexercise,letsconsiderafixedlink,whichisinterferedbyanotherfixedlinkasillustratedin Figure15where
theWantedTransmitterandtheVictimReceivercomposetheVictimlink.TheInterferingTransmitterandtheWanted
ReceivercomposetheInterferingLink.


Figure15:ExampleofApplicationofSEAMCAT
Antennacharacteristics
Interferencecriteria
Noisefloor

DefineWantedtransmitter(Wt)
Txpower
Antennacharacteristics

PositiontheWtvsVr
YouwilllearnfromStep1howto...
CalculatethedRSS

Testpropagationmodel

Launchsimulation

ExtractdRSSvectors

Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
Wanted
Receiver
(Wr)
Interfering
Transmitter
iRSS
dRSS
(It)
Interferinglink
Victimlink
29
4.1 ParametersoftheVictimLink
The victim link dialog window
1
enables the updates of all scenarioparameters of thevictim link pair of receiver and
transmitter:victimreceiver(Vr)andwantedtransmitter(Wt).Eachsimulationworkspacemustcontainoneandonly
onevictimlink.

To edit the victim link of the current workspace select the Victim Link command in the Workspace menu. This
activatestheVictimlinkwindowasshowninFigure16.

Figure16:AccesstotheVictimLinkparameterssetup.
ThevictimlinkdialogwindowcontainsseveralparametertabsheetasshowninFigure17.

dRSS
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
Victimlink
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Figure17:IllustrationofthemappingbetweenSEAMCATdialogboxandpossiblescenarioselements.

1
Note:Thecurrenttreefolder(ver.3.1.46)willberemovedinfutureversionsofSEAMCAT,andusersarenotadvised
touse itsincescenarioandcontrolareobsoletetosetupthesimulation.Insteadusersareencouragedtosetup
theirsimulationusingtheworkspacemenubar.UserscanstillusethetreefolderResultstoextractvectorresults.

30
For this tutorial, the parameter values summarised in Table 1 should be entered into the SEAMCAT simulation
scenario.

Parameters Value Units

OperatingFrequency 1000 MHz
Transmitterpower 30 dBm
Receiverbandwidth 200 kHz
TxandRxantennatype Omnidirectional
TxandRxantennagain 9 dBi
TxandRxantennaheight 30 m
C/Iprotectioncriteria 19 dB
C/(N+I)protectioncriteria 16 dB
(N+I)/N 3 dB
I/N 0 dB
Noisefloor 110 dBm
Table1:Characteristicsofthevictimlinkpairofreceiverandtransmitter.
4.2 ParametersoftheGeneralTab
- Thevictimoperatesat1000MHz;

Figure18:Exampleofsettinguptheoperatingfrequency.
Note: The General parameters tabsheet gathers basic information required for definition of a victim link, mainly the
Linkidentification(freelychosenreferencenameanddescription)andtheVictimreceivercomboboxwhichallowsthe
usertoselectoneofthepredefinedLibraryreceivers.Thisparameterissetbydefault(whentheworkspaceiscreated)
to the reference of the first available receiver of the database. Any change of the reference of the Vr through this
comboboxautomaticallytriggerstheupdateoftheassociatedparametersofthevictimlink.
31
4.3 ParametersoftheVictimReceiver
- theVictimreceiverusesareceptionbandwidthof200kHz;(#1ofFigure19)
- theVictimreceiverusesaomnidirectionalantennaof9dBi;(#2)
- theVictimreceiverusesa30mantennaheight;(#3)
- theVictimreceiverusesaC/Iprotectioncriteriaof19dB,aC/(N+I)protectioncriteriaof16dB,a(N+I)/N
criteriaof3dBandaI/Nprotectioncriteriaof0dB(Scenario/VictimLink/VictimReceiver/Interference
criteria(dB));(#4)
- NoiseFloorof110dBm.(#5)


Figure19:Exampleofthevictimreceiverparameters.
32
4.4 ParametersoftheWantedTransmitter
- theWantedtransmitterusesaPowerof30dBm;(#1ofFigure20)
- theWantedtransmitterusesaomnidirectionalantennaof9dBi;(#2)
- theWantedtransmitterusesa30mantennaheight.(#3)

Figure20:Exampleofsettingupthewantedtransmitter.
4.5 PositionoftheWtvsVr
SEAMCAT allows the relative location between the Victim Receiver and the Wanted Transmitter to be defined as
illustratedinFigure21andbrieflydescribedbelow.FurtherdetailscanbefoundinsectionA.1.4andinAnnex10.

Figure21:SummaryoftheWtVrlocationcapabilityinSEAMCAT
Uncorrelatedcasesmode
UserdefinedRadius
Correlatedcasesmode
Correlateddistance(origin=Wt)
NoiselimitedNetwork
TrafficlimitedNetwork
WtVr
location
In this exercise, the distance between the Wanted Transmitter and the Victim Receiver is assumed to be fixed
(correlateddistance)(x=y=2km)asillustratedinFigure22,byusingthecorrelateddistanceoptionofSEAMCATas
shown in Figure 23. Note that in SEAMCAT the origin of the coverage radius (see Annex 10) is the Wanted
Transmitter.
33

Figure22:DistancebetweentheWantedTransmitterandtheVictimReceiver(VictimLink)
(Wt)
Transmitter
Wanted
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
dRSS
Victimlink
y
x
DeltaX=2km
(2km,2km)
(0,0)
D
e
l
t
a

k
m

Figure23:IllustrationofthecorrelateddistanceinSEAMCAT.
4.6 CalculationofthedRSS
TheattenuationbetweentheVictimReceiverandtheWantedTransmitterissimulatedbyusingthefreespacemodel
(seesectionA.15.3inAnnex15)(VariationshouldbedisabledandMedianLossshouldbeactive)asshowninFigure
24.
34

Figure24:ExampleofsettingupthefreespacepropagationmodelforStep1.
Forfreespacemodelthepathlossisdefinedby:
( )
f d
h h
L
rx
tx
log 20
1000
log 10 5 . 32
2
2
+
|
|
.
|

\
|
+
|
.
|

\
|
+ =


wheredisgiveninkmandfisgiveninMHz
Usingtheseassumptions,itispossibletoderivethepowerreceivedbytheVictimreceiverdRSS:
dRSS=Pe+Ge+GrL
dRSS=30(dBm)+9+9(32.5+10log(8)+20log(1000))
dRSS=53.5dBm
4.7 Testingpropagationmodels
Inorderfortheusertoperformsanitycheckontheirparametervalueslikethepropagationmodel,SEAMCATallows
twomethods.
Note:Itisveryusefulandadvisableforuserstoperformsucharoutinecheckbeforelaunchingheavyjobs.
1. OnemethodistousetheTestPropagationModelsfromSEAMCATwhichenabletheusertoflexiblycheck
thepropagationresultsasshowninFigure25.
Figure25showsthattheSEAMCATresultingattenuationfromthefreespaceis101.47dBwhichisinline
with:
L=(32.5+10log(8)+20log(1000))=101.5dB

35

Figure25:Illustrationontocheckthepropagationmodelresults.
2. AnothermethodistodirectlyrunasimulationusingSEAMCAT

4.8 Launchsimulation
Then,theusermaylaunchthesimulation.Itshouldbenotedthatpriortobeginningthesimulation,SEAMCATchecks
theconsistencyandsuitabilityofcertaininputparameters(seeAnnex16).

ThefollowingvaluesfortheC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/NandI/Nof19dB,16dB,3dBand0dB
respectivelyavoidthedisplayofawarning(seeSection1.1.2).

Since the default operating frequencyof the Interfering Transmitter is 900MHz and the unwantedemission mask is
notwithintherangeoftheVictimReceiver,SEAMCATautomaticallycomplainsanddisplaysawarningwindow.

Figure26:Consistencycheckwarningbeingpromptedbecausetheoperatingfrequencyoftheinterfererisnotset
upproperly
Therefore, at this stage of the tutorial the user should select No Cancel simulation and let me correct errors
(Figure26)andcandefinetheoperatingfrequency(1000MHz)oftheinterferinglink.Theseparametersdonotaffect
thecalculationofthedRSS.ItisonlytoensurethatSEAMCATdoesnotexperienceanyexceptionswhenrunning.
36
4.9 ExtractdRSSvectors
Theuserhas2possibilitiestoextractthedRSSresults.

Vectorresultscanbeextractedeitherfromthetreefolder(#1)ortheusercandirectlygetthemeanandthestandard
deviation(StdDev)fromthesimulationstatustabsheet(Figure28),alsodisplayedas(#2)inFigure27.

Note:Thecurrenttreefolder(ver3.1.45)willberemovedinfutureversionsofSEAMCAT,andusersarenotadvisedto
useitsincescenarioandcontrolareobsoletetosetupthesimulation.Insteadusersareencouragedtosetuptheir
simulationusingtheworkspacemenubar.UserscanstillusethetreefolderResultstoextractvectorresults.


Figure27:Illustrationonhowtogetthevectorresults(i.e.dRSS,etc)andMean/StdDev
Figure28displaystheSEAMCAToutputdialogboxcalledsimulationstatuswhichappearswhenasimulationisover.
Onthetoprightcorner,someresultslikethedRSSaredisplayed(#7).ThedRSSvalueisinlinewiththehand
calculationofsection4.6.Thetopleftcornercontainsthescenariocredentialswhicharegeneralscenarioand
simulationinformationasdescribedinTable2.Thescenariooutline(#8)presentsthepositionofthepairof
transmitterandreceiverforsomesnapshots.

ID Parametername Description
1 Workspace Thenameoftheworkspace
2 VictimSystemReference ThenameoftheVictimLink
3 Totalelapsed Numberofsnapshotssimulatedsofar
4 Totalshown NumberofSEAMCATelementsshowninoutlineforperformancereasons
thisislimitedtoamaximumof1000.
5 Elapsedtime Thetimethecurrentsimulationhasbeenrunning.
6 EstimatedRemainingTime Calculatedbasedontheelapsedtimepersnapshotsofarandthenumberof
remainingsnapshots.
Table2:Scenariocredentialsinformation
ThebottomofFigure28showstwoprogressbars.Thetopprogressbar(#9)tracksthecurrenttask,i.e.thegeneration
ofsnapshots.Thebottomprogressbar(#10)trackstheamountofsystemmemoryavailabletoandusedbySEAMCAT.
IfsimulatingscenarioswithmanyinterferinglinksSEAMCATmightneedmorememorybutthisisveryrarely
necessary.
37

Figure28:OutputdisplayofSEAMCAT

WhenasimulationislaunchedSEAMCATautomaticallygeneratesalogfile(seamcat.log).
MoredetailscanbefoundinA.16.3.
38
5 STEP2:MYFIRSTINTERFERENCEPROBABILITYCALCULATION

YouwilllearnfromStep2howto...

PositiontheVrvsIt(i.e.VictimlinkvsInterferinglink)

Note: To obtain results for Step 1 in section 4, it was necessary to define the frequency of the interfering link. To
conductacompletesimulation,itisrequiredtodefineanadditionalsetofparameters.Thisexerciseisafollowupof
Step1.
5.1 ParametersoftheInterferingLinks
The interfering link dialogue window is used to update the parameters of interfering link in a scenario, create new
interfering links or delete existing ones. To edit the interfering link of the current workspace select the Interfering
LinkscommandintheWorkspacemenu.ThisactivatestheInterferinglinkslistwindowasshowninFigure29.

A given simulation workspace must contain at least one interfering link. Each Interfering link will be defined by two
elements: an Interfering transmitter (It) and Wanted Receiver (Wr). A newly created interfering link is automatically
initialisedwiththedefaultparametersofthefirsttransmitterandreceiveravailableintheSEAMCATlibrary.SEAMCAT
enablesyoutocreateasmanyinterferinglinkasyouwanteitherbyduplicatingthemorcreatenewones.

For this tutorial, the parameter values summarised in Table 3 should be entered into the SEAMCAT simulation
scenario.

Parameters Value Units
Operatingfrequency 1000 MHz
Transmitterpower 33 dBm
Emissionbandwidth 200 kHz
Referencebandwidth 200 kHz
Txantennatype Omnidirectional
Txantennagain 11 dBi
Txantennaheight 30 m
Table3:Characteristicsoftheinterferinglinkpairoftransmitterandreceiver.
Note: The General parameter tabsheet (Figure 29) gathers basic information required for definition of an interfering
link such as Identification (i.e. Name + Description freely chosen by the user) and Definition. The reference of the It
and the reference of the Wr is selected by means of the interfering transmitter and wanted receiver combo box
respectively.Anychangeofthereferenceinanyofthecomboboxautomaticallytriggerstheupdateoftheassociated
parametersoftheItorWrinthisinterferinglink.

CalculatetheiRSS

Calculatetheprobabilityof
interference

DefineInterferingtransmitter(It)
Txpower
Antennacharacteristics
Settheemissionbandwidth

39


Figure29:Interferinglinkdialogwindow
5.2 ParametersoftheGeneralTab
- operatesat1000MHz;

Figure30:Settinguptheoperatingfrequencyoftheinterferinglink.
40
5.3 ParametersoftheInterferingTransmitter
- theInterferingtransmitterusesaPowerof33dBm;(#1ofFigure31)
- theInterferingtransmitterusesanomnidirectionalantennaof11dBigain;(#2)
- theInterferingtransmitterusesanantennaheightof30m;(#3)
- theInterferingtransmitterusesanemissionbandwidthof200kHzandareferencebandwidthBref=200kHz.(#4)

Theemissionbandwidthof200kHzisdefinedthroughtheemissionmask(seeFigure31).Thisinterferingtransmitter
emissionmaskisdefinedindBc.Then,theusershouldenteranattenuationgiveninareferencebandwidth(asshown
in#4ofFigure31),thecorrespondingpowerisderivedusingthefollowingequation:
P(dBm/Bref)=Pe(dBm)+Att(dBc/Bref)
WherePeisthepoweroftheInterferingtransmitterwithintheemissionbandwidth(alsoknowastheinbandpower).
ThesignofAtt(dBc/Bref)isexplainedinsectionA.5.4.Then,inthisexample,withintheemissionbandwidth(200kHz
offsetbetween0.1MHzand0.1MHz),thepoweris33dBm,ifthereferencebandwidthissupposedtobeequalto
theemissionbandwidththenAtt=0dBc/Bref,thisgives:
33(dBm/200kHz)=33+0(dBc/Bref)
TheattenuationindBcshouldbetakenequalto0dBc/200kHzasshownin#4ofFigure31(thelinkbetweenthemask
giveninareferencebandwidthandthemaskdefinedin1MHzisexplainedinAnnex5).

Figure31:Settinguptheinterferingtransmitter.
41
5.4 PositioningoftheVrvsIt
SEAMCAT allows defining the relative location between the Victim Receiver and the Interfering Transmitter as
illustratedinFigure32andbrieflydescribedbelow.FurtherdetailscanbefoundinsectionA.1.9.

Figure32:SummaryoftheVrItlocationcapabilityinSEAMCAT
Uncorrelatedcasesmode
None
(n
active
interferers)
It/Vr
Correlatedcasesmode
It/Wt Wt/Vr
Wr/Wt
Uniformdensity (n
active
interferers)
Closest
(singleinterferer)
VrIt
location
TherelativelocationofItVrdefinesthemutualpositioningoftheItandVr.Eachinterferingsignalcalculationresults
fromthecontributionof
- None: n
active
interfering transmitters located in a circular area with a radius (i.e. simulation radius) defined
directlybytheuser.Therandomplacementoftheinterferingtransmittersinthisareaisdefinedbythepath
azimuthandthepathdistancefactorparameters.

- Uniform density: n
active
interfering transmitters uniformly located in a circular area with a simulation radius
calculatedfromtheinterferersdensityandthenumberofactivetransmitters.

- Closest:justoneinterferingtransmitter.ThisItisrandomlyplacedinacircularareawithasimulationradius
derivedfromthedensityofinterferers.

In the following four cases of fixed placement, the relative location of the two pair of transmitter and receiver is
described by dX/dY displacement, with the origin being either on the Transmitter or Receiver of the victim link
dependingontheoptionselected.
- It/Vr:fixedplacementofItwithrespecttoVr,

- It/Wt:fixedplacementofItwithrespecttoWt,

- Wr/Vr:fixedplacementofWrwithrespecttoVr,

- Wr/Wt:fixedplacementofWrwithrespecttoWt.

In this exercise, the distance between the Interfering Transmitter and the Victim Receiver as shown in Figure 33 is
fixedbyusingthecorrelateddistanceasillustratedbyFigure34.
42

Figure33:DistancebetweentheInterferingTransmitterandtheVictimReceiver

Figure34:ExampleofsettingupthedistancebetweentheInterferingTransmitterandtheVictimReceiverin
SEAMCAT.
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
Wanted
Receiver
(Wr)
Interfering
Transmitter
(It)
iRSS
dRSS
Interfering
link Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Victimlink
DeltaY
=4km
DeltaX=4km
43
5.5 CalculationoftheiRSS

Figure35:IllustrationofSEAMCATdisplay(only1snapshot)ofthevariouspairoftransmitterandreceiverandthe
dRSSandiRSSrelationship.
The attenuation between the Interfering Transmitter and the Victim Receiver is simulated by using the free space
model (Variation should be disabled and Median Loss should be active). When the simulation is finished, SEAMCAT
presentsthepositioningofthevariouspairsoftransmittersandreceiversasshowninFigure35(onlyonesnapshotis
illustrated).
Usingtheseassumptions,itispossibletoderivetheinterferingpowerreceivedbytheVictimreceiveriRSS:
iRSS=Pe+Ge+GrL
iRSS=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(32)+20log(1000))
iRSS=54.5dBm
RunningasimulationanddisplayingtheiRSSsignalcalculatedbySEAMCATcancheckthisasshowninFigure36.

Figure36:iRSScalculatedinSEAMCAT(ThesimulationSummaryisextractedfromtheoutputdisplayofSEAMCAT
asshowninFigure28#7)
44
5.6 Relationshipbetweentheemissionbandwidth,thereferencebandwidthandtheVictimReceiverbandwidth
InSection5.3,theproposedexerciseconsidersthecasewheretheVrbandwidthisthesameastheemission
bandwidthandthereferencebandwidth.

Thissectionaimsatillustratingtheinteractionbetweentheemissionbandwidth(It
BW
),referencebandwidth(Bref),Vr
bandwidth(Vr
BW
)andanybandwidthcorrectionfactor.Thissectionprovidesexampleswherethesevaluesare
differentanditseffectontheiRSScalculation.

5.6.1 RelationshipbetweenEmissionbandwidthandReferencebandwidth
ForafixedVr
BW
=200kHz,andfixedIt
BW
=200kHz,theattenuationAtt(dBc/Bref)willbedifferentdependingonthe
valuesoftheBrefinordertoachievethesameinterferencepowerlevel.

Case1,It
BW
>Bref:
Bref=100kHz,withAtt=3dBc/Bref,iRSS=54.48dBm;

AsmentionedinSectionA.5.4onp.138,ifthereferencebandwidthislowerthantheemissionbandwidththenthe
attenuationmustbedefinedwithnegativesign;

Case2,It
BW
=Bref

:
Bref=200kHz,withAtt=0dBc/Bref,iRSS=54.49dBm;

Ifthereferencebandwidthisequaltotheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationshouldbesetaszero.

Case3,It
BW
<Bref

:
Bref=400kHz,withAtt=3dBc/Bref,iRSS=54.5dBm;

Ifthereferencebandwidthislargerthantheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationmustbedefinedwithpositive
sign;
5.6.2 RelationshipbetweenEmissionbandwidthandVictimReceiverbandwidth
ForafixedBref=200kHzandafixedIt
BW
=200kHz,dependingonthesizeoftheVr
BW
abandwidthcorrectionfactoris
appliedornot.

Case4,It
BW
=Vr
BW
:
Vr=200kHz,iRSS=54.49dBm;

Case5,It
BW
>Vr
BW
:
Vr=100kHz,iRSS=57.5dBm;
AsshowninAnnex18onp.211,whentheIt
BW
>Vr
BW
,theinterferingpowerintheVrisreduceddueabandwidth
correctionfactorautomaticallyappliedinSEAMCAT.Asaresults,theiRSSvaluedecreasescomparetoacasewhere
It
BW
=Vr
BW
.

Case6,It
BW
<Vr
BW
:
Vr=400kHz,iRSS=54.49dBm;
AsillustratedinAnnex18,whentheIt
BW
<Vr
BW
,thereisnobandwidthcorrectionfactorappliedtotheinterfering
emittedpowersincethealltheenergyisseenbytheVr.ThereforetheiRSSisequaltothecasewhereIt
BW
=Vr
BW
.

45

Figure37:IllustrationoftheemissionspectrummaskwithrespecttotheVrbandwidthincase6.
Case7:Thisisthesameascase6(Vr=400kHzandBref=200kHz)exceptthatthespectrumemissionmask
(emissionbandwidth200kHz)hasslopesonbothsides(Figure38)whichgenerateshigherinterferencecomparedto
thecase6andtheiRSS=53.44dBm

Figure38:Illustrationofcase7andtheextrainterferingenergytotheVrduetotheslopeintheemissionmask.
46
6 STEP3:PROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCE

YouwilllearnfromStep3howto...
Compatibilitycalculationmode

ExtracttheProbabilityofInterferencein....

Translationcalculationmode

AfterthesimulationofeventshasbeencompletedbytheEGE,theSEAMCATworkspacewillhaveobtainedandstored
thevectorsofwanted(dRSS)andunwanted(iRSS)signals.TheuserthenmayproceedtousethefacilitiesoftheICEin
ordertoevaluatetheprobabilityofinterferenceforthesimulatedscenario.
TheICEinterfacemaybefoundbyselectingtheInterferenceCalculationstab,whichwillopenthedialogwindowas
showninFigure39.

Figure39:Interferencecalculationtabsheet.
The probability of interference could be calculated by the ICE with reference to the following choice of input
parameters:
- Calculationmode:compatibilityortranslation
- Whichtypeofinterferencesignalisconsideredforcalculation:unwanted,blocking,intermodulationortheir
combination
- Interferencecriterion:C/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/NorI/N
47
6.1.1 Compatibilitycalculationmode
ItisthenpossibletoderivetheC/I(i.e.dRSS/iRSS):
dRSS/iRSS=53.5(54.5)=1dB
SincetheresultingC/Iisbelowtheprotectioncriteria(19dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT
(compatibilitycalculationmode)isequalto1asshowninFigure40.

Figure40:Probabilityofinterference
48
6.1.2 Translationcalculationmode
WhentheTranslationmodeischosen,theusermaycalculateanddisplayachartoftheprobabilityofinterferenceas
afunctionofoneofthefollowinginputparameters:
- OutputpowerofInterferingtransmitter;
- BlockingresponselevelofVictimreceiver;
- IntermodulationresponselevelofVictimreceiver.
The translation function, as shown as (#1) in Figure 41, allows investigation of the probability of interference for
varying power supplied (#2) to the interfering transmitter. The power supplied (#3) to the interfering transmitter
shouldbeequalto15dBm,whichis18dBbelowthevalueusedinthesimulation(33dBm).EffectivelytheC/Iwillbe
increasedby18dBandreachesthelevelof19dB,i.e.thevaluewhichwasprovidedbytheuser(seesection4.3and
Figure19onpage32).

Figure41:Translationfunction
49
7 STEP4:WHEREDOESTHEINTERFERENCECOMEFROM?

DefinetheUnwantedEmissionMask
(i.e.unwantedvsblocking)
Extractprobabilityofinterference
Protec atiomode tionr

Sensitivitymode

CalculatetheiRSS
unwanted

Userdefinedmode
CalculatetheiRSS
blocking

YouwilllearnfromStep4howto...
7.1 ParametersoftheInterferingLinks
The following parameters should be changed in the simulation: (i) the interferer operates at 1000.3 MHz and (ii)
outsidetheemissionbandwidth,theattenuationis23dBc/200kHz.Thecorrespondingpowermayderivedusingthe
knownequation:
P(dBm/Bref)=Pe(dBm)+Att(dBc/Bref)
Then,inthisexample,outsidetheemissionbandwidth(offsetbetween0.1MHzand1MHzandbetween0.1MHz
and1MHz),thepowerisequalto:
P=33+(23(dBc/Bref))=10(dBm/200kHz)
ThecompleteunwantedemissionmaskisprovidedinFigure42.

Figure42:Unwantedemissionmask
50
7.2 CalculationoftheiRSS
7.2.1 CalculationoftheiRSS
unwanted

Usingthepreviousassumptions,itispossibletoderivetheinterferingpowerreceivedbytheVictimreceiverwithinits
bandwidthasdescribedinAnnex4onpage132.ThisiscalledtheiRSS
unwanted
:
iRSS
unwanted
=P+Ge+GrL
iRSS
unwanted
=10(dBm/200kHz)+11+9(32.5+10log(32)+20log(1000))
iRSS
unwanted
=77.5dBm
ThiscanbecheckedbyrunningasimulationanddisplayingtheiRSS
unwanted
signalasdepictedinFigure43.

Figure43:MeaniRSS
unwanted

In this example there is no bandwidth

correction factor to be applied to the
calculationoftheiRSS
unwanted
sincetheVr
bandwidth and the It reference
bandwidth have the same value (i.e. 200
KHz).
Examplesofcorrectionbandwidthcanbe
foundinsection5.6andAnnex18.
7.2.2 CalculationoftheiRSS
blocking

For this exercise, the blocking response from the receiver has a positive sign as shown in Figure 44. Detailed
informationonthecalculationoftheiRSS
blocking
canbefoundinsectionA.4.2ofAnnex4.

Figure44:Definitionofthereceiverblockingresponse
51
7.2.2.1 Userdefinedmode
Inthiscase,theBlockingisprovidedindBandrepresentstheattenuationofthereceiveratagivenfrequencyoffset
(see Figure8(b)). The resulting receiver attenuation equals the userdefined input values. Then, the iRSS
blocking
at the
interfereroperatingfrequencymaybecalculatedasfollows(Note:TheItbandwidthisnotconsideredintheiRSS
blocking

calculation):
iRSS
blocking
(f
it
)=Pe+Ge+GrLAtt(f
it
)
iRSS
blocking
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(32)+20log(1000))40(dB)
iRSS
blocking
=94.5dBm
ThiscanbecheckedbyrunningasimulationanddisplayingtheiRSS
blocking
incaseofUserdefinedmodecalculatedby
SEAMCAT(Figure45).

Figure45:MeaniRSS
blocking
incaseofUserdefinedmode
7.2.2.2 Sensitivitymode
Inthiscalculationmodethefunctionblock
MaxInterfSignal
(Af)enteredbytheuserrepresentstheabsolutepowerlevel(in
dBm) of maximum interfering signal (maximum acceptable interfering power), which might be tolerated by the
receiveratagivenfrequencyseparation(seeFigure8(a)).

In thiscaseSEAMCAT calculates the receiver attenuation,Attenuation (Af),tobe applied to the interfering signal by
usingthefollowingexpression:
Attenuation(Af)=block
MaxInterfSignal
(Af)(dBm)sens
vr
(dBm)+C/(N+I)(dB)
where: Af = (f
It
- f
Vr
) isthefrequencyseparation
sens
vr
isthesensitivityoftheVr(dBm)asdefinedinthesimulationscenario.

Toachievearealisticvalue,theusermaydefinethesensitivity(sens
vr
)as(seeFigure46):
Sensitivity=NoiseFloor+C/(N+I)
Sensitivity=110dBm+16=94dBm

Figure46:SettingupthesensitivityinSEAMCAT
52

Thentheattenuationmaybeevaluated:
Attenuation(Af)=40+94+16=150dB
iRSS
blocking
=InterferingSignalLevel(fit)=54.5150=204.5dBm
This can be checked by running a simulation and displaying the iRSS
blocking
in case of Sensitivity mode calculated by
SEAMCAT(Figure47).

Figure47:MeaniRSS
blocking
incaseofSensitivitymode
7.2.2.3 Protectionratio
This mode is identical to the sensitivity mode since the only difference is that the Blocking value (relative to the
noise floor) is provided in dB. The software processes the information using exactly the same method to obtain the
valueofthereceiverattenuation(seeFigure8(a)).

The function block

Protection Ratio
(Af) entered by the user represents the protection ratio, i.e. the ratio of maximum
acceptablelevelofinterferingsignaltothewantedsignallevel,atagivenfrequencyseparation.

In this case SEAMCAT calculates the receiver attenuation a
vr
(Af) to be applied to the interfering signal by using the
followingexpression(seeFigure48):
Attenuation(Af)=block
ProtectionRatio
(Af)(dB)+C/(N+I)(dB)+3dB
Attenuation(Af)=40+16+3=59dB
iRSS
blocking
=InterferingSignalLevel(fit)=54.559=113.5dBm

Figure48:MeaniRSS
blocking
incaseofProtectionratiomode
7.3 Probabilityofinterference
The user may choose the protection criteria to be used in the calculation of the probability of interference and the
typeofinterferencetobeconsidered(unwantedand/orblocking).Forexample,whenusingtheresultscalculatedin
section4.5andtheprotectioncriteriadefinedinsection5.3itispossibletoderivetheC/I,(N+I)/Netc
Usingtheunwantedmode,itispossibletoderivetheC/I:
dRSS/iRSS
unwanted
=53.5(77.5)=24dB

SincetheresultingC/Iisabovetheprotectioncriteria(19dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT
(Interferencecalculation)isequalto0(seeFigure49(a)).
53
ThesameconclusionisreachedbyusingtheC/(N+I)criteria(itshouldbenotedthatSEAMCATperformsaconsistency
checkbetweentheinterferencecriteria,seesectionA.16.1).
Itisalsopossibletoderivethe(N+I)/N=77.5(100)=22.5(sinceI>>N).Sincethe(I+N)/Nwhichisobtainedisabove
theprotectioncriteria(3dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT(Interferencecalculation)isequal
to1(seeFigure49).
ThesameconclusionisreachedbyusingtheI/Ncriteria.
(a)
(b)
Figure49:Probabilityofinterferenceconsideringtheimpactofunwantedemissionsfor(a)C/Iand(b)(N+I)/N.

Usingtheblockinginterferencemode(protectionratio)itisthenpossibletoderivetheC/I:
dRSS/iRSS
blocking
=53.5(113.5)=60dB
SincetheC/Iobtainedisabovetheprotectioncriteria(19dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT
(Interferencecalculation)isequalto0(seeFigure50(a)).

It is also possible to derive the (N+I)/N= 113.5(100)= 13.5. Since the (N+I)/N which is obtained is below the
protectioncriteria(3dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT(Interferencecalculation)isequalto
0(Figure50(b)).
(a)
(b)
Figure50:Probabilityofinterferenceconsideringtheimpactofthereceiverblockingresponsefor(a)C/Iand(b)
(N+I)/N.
Then,bytakingintoaccountthesumofthetwosignaltypes,theprobabilityofinterferencebecomesequalto1(due
totheunwantedemissions)(seeFigure51).

Figure51:Probabilityofinterferenceconsideringtheimpactofunwantedemissionsandthereceiverblocking
response.
54
7.4 Impactoffrequencydistributiononinterferenceprobability
Thefollowingparameteroftheinterferinglinkshouldbechangedinthesimulation:
- Operatesbetween1000MHzand1000.3MHz.(seeAnnex8forfurtherdetailedonthedistributions).

Figure52:Settingupthedistributionoftheinterferingtransmitter
Using this new assumption, the iRSS ranges between the two operating frequency values calculated above can be
extractedasavector,oracumulativedistributionfunction(CDF)orasadensity.ThisisdescribedinFigure53.

Figure53:SignalStrength
ThevariationintheTxinterferingfrequencychangedtheprobabilityofinterferencetoavalueofaround66%.
55
8 STEP5:AREALCASE


Note:InthissectiontheFreeSpaceModelisusedtoderivetheattenuationonthedifferentpaths.

Step 5 is a follow up of the previous Step (i.e. the Victim Link and Interfering Link operate at the same frequency
1000MHz cochannel interference). Figure 54 presents an illustration of the various radii (i.e. coverage radius and
simulation radius) that are used in SEAMCAT and with reference to the various pairs of transmitters and receivers
usedforasimulation.

Figure54:IllustrationoftheCoverageRadiusandtheSimulationRadiuswithrespecttothepairsoftransmitters
andreceiversofthevictimandinterferinglinks.
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
(Originofsimulation)
Interfering
Transmitter
(It)
(Originof
interfering
coverage)
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
(Originof
victim
coverage)
dRSS
Victim
Receiver
iRSS
Victimlink
Coverage
radius
Wanted
Receiver
(Wr)
Interfering
link
Coverage
radius
Simulation
radius
dRSS
WantedReceiver
YouwilllearnfromStep5howto...
Setthecoverageradius

Definethedistancebetweentheinterferertransmitter
andthevictimreceiver

Setaprotectiondistance
Setthesimulationradius

Usepowercontrol

Applyauniformdensity
ofinterferingtransmitters

Assesstheantennagain
56

8.1 CalculationofthecoverageradiusaroundtheWt
The distance between the Wt and the Vr is referred to as the coverage radius ( ). In the case of mobile
applications,thenumberofterminalsthatmaytransmitinagivencellofthenetworkisgivenby:
wt
max
R
( )
frequency
nnel userpercha channels
wt
max max
cluster
n n
R dens n
.
.
2
= = t
ThecalculationofthecoverageradiuscanbefoundinAnnex10.

Theclustercharacterisesthefrequencyreuseofamobilenetwork(seeFigure55).
f1f8
f9f16
f17f24
f33f40
f65f72
f49f56
f41f48
f25f32
f57f64
f1f8
f9f16
f17f24
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
l
u
s
t
e
r

o
f

9

Figure55:Frequencycluster
Thevictimlinkcoverageradius(i.e.centredonthewantedtransmitter)maythenbecalculatedbyusingtheformula
below.Figure56presentshowtosetupSEAMCAT.
frequency max
nnel userpercha channels
wt
max
cluster dens
n n
R
t
=

Figure56:Calculationofthevictimlinkcoverageradius
57
9 10
8 72


=
t
wt
max R =1.42km
Figure57presentstheresultsofthedRSSvectorandtheresultsinthecoverageradiusofthevictimlink.

ThedRSSforareceiverlocatedattheedgeofthecoverageareamaybecalculated:
dRSS=30(dBm)+9+9(32.5+10log(1.43^2)+20log(1000))=47.5dBm

Figure57:CalculationresultsoftheWantedtransmittedcoverageradius

Figure58:IllustrationoftheVrandWtpositioningbasedonthetrafficlimitednetworkcoverageradius.
58
8.2 DistancebetweentheInterferingTransmitterandtheVictimReceiver
ThedistancebetweentheVictimreceiverandtheInterferingtransmitterisreferredtoasthesimulationradius.Itcan
bedefinedasshowninFigure59.

Figure59:Definitionoftheminimumdistance
Usingthisfeature,theinterferingtransmitterislocatedbetween1km(0.1x10km)and10km(1x10km)fromthe
VictimReceiverasshownintheSEAMCATdisplayinFigure60.

Figure60:SEAMCATdisplayoftheminimumdistance
Iftheinterferingtransmitterislocatedat10km,itispossibletoderivetheiRSS
unwanted
:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(10x10)+20log(1000))
iRSS
unwanted
=5332.5=20.56020=59.5dBm
Iftheinterferingtransmitterislocatedat1km:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(1)+20log(1000))
iRSS
unwanted
=5332.5=20.560=39.5dBm
59
TheiRSS
unwanted
extendsfrom59.5dBmto39.5dBmasconfirmedbyFigure61.

Figure61:iRSS
unwanted

8.3 UniformdistributionofItvsVr
The user may define a uniform deployment density of terminals/transmitters per km
2
. This can either be done by
usingtheUniformDensitymodecombinedwiththecalculationofasimulationradiusasdescribedinsection8.3.1
and A.10.2 or by using the none mode combined with the choice of uniform path polar distance as described in
section8.3.2.
8.3.1 Uniformdensitymodesimulationradiuscalculation
Thenumberofactivetransmittersthatwillbeuniformlylocatedwithinthesimulationradiusisgivenby:
( )
2
. .
simulation
on transmissi r transmitte active R prob dens n t =
Figure62presentstheuserinterfacewiththeinputvalue.

Figure62:SettingupthesimulationradiusinSEAMCAT(Notethattheresultsofthesimulationradiusisdisplayed
onlyafterrunningsimulation)
60
Thesimulationradiusiscalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:
on transmissi
active
it
active
simu
prob dens
n
R
. t
=
IntheexampleofFigure62,thisgives:
1 10
1

=
t
simu
R =0.178km


Figure63:iRSSusingthesimulationradiusfor1activetransmitter(R=0.178).
Then for a single interfering transmitter located at the edge of the simulation radius (R = 0.178km), the iRSS
unwanted

maybecalculated:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.178^2)+20log(1000))=24.5dBm
Whenincreasingthenumberofactivetransmittersto10(seeFigure64),thesimulationradiusbecomes:
1 10
10

=
t
simu
R =0.564km
Then,forasingleinterferingtransmitterlocatedattheedgeofthatsimulationradius(R=0.564km),theiRSS
unwanted

resultingfromthisterminalmaybecalculatedas:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.564^2)+20log(1000))=34.5dBm
61
If 10 active terminals are located at the edge of the simulation radius, the iRSS
unwanted
may be calculated in the
followingway:
iRSS
unwanted
=34.6(dBm)+10log(10)=24.5dBm
ThentheiRSS
unwanted
shouldbeabove24.5dBmasshownonFigure65.

Figure64:SettingupthesimulationradiusinSEAMCATwithadifferentnumberofactivetransmitters


Figure65:iRSSusingthesimulationradiuscalculatedfor10activeinterferers(R=0.564km)
62
8.3.2 Nonemode
When the user selects the None mode, he can also define a Uniform density of terminal/transmitter by using the
Uniform polar distance defined within the path distance factor and a uniform distributed path azimuth (0 to 360
deg).Uniform polar distance leads to uniformly distributed terminals in the circular area (area) and the Uniform
distanceleadstouniformlydistributedterminalsalongtheradius(line).
Thenusingauserdefinedradiusof0.178kmand1interferingtransmitter(seeFigure66),itispossibletoreproduce
theresultsofsection8.3.1.Therefore,thesameresultsasthosegiveninFigure63arefoundasshowninFigure67.

Figure66:UniformdensityusingNonemode

Figure67:iRSS
unwanted
/Uniformpolarfeature/1interferingtransmitter(sameresultsasinFigure63)
Usingauserdefinedradiusof0.564kmand10interferingtransmitters,thesameresultsasthosegiveninFigure65
arereachedasshowninFigure68.

Figure68:iRSS
unwanted
/Uniformpolarfeature/10interferingtransmitter(sameresultsasinFigure685)
63
8.4 Protectiondistance
Ifaminimumprotectiondistance betweenthevictimreceiverandinterferingtransmitterisintroducedthen: ) ( 0 d
( ) | |
2
2
. .
o simulation on transmissi r transmitte active
d R prob dens n = t
Thesimulationradiusmaythenbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:
2
0
d
prob dens
n
R
on transmissi
active
it
active
simu
+

=
t

Note:ThecalculationoftheiRSSateachtrialwillbeperformedonlyifthelocationoftheItsatisfiesthefollowing
condition .
0
d d
vr it
>

Figure69presentshowtosetupSEAMCAT(SeealsoA.10.2forfurtherdetails).

Figure69:Settinguptheprotectiondistancerelatedtothesimulationradiuswith1activeinterferer.
Thesimulationradius(seeFigure70)maythenbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:
5 . 0 5 .
10
1
+

=
t
simu
R =0.531km

Figure70:CalculationofthesimulationradiusandtheiRSS
unwanted
usingtheprotectiondistance(for1active
interferer)
64
IfthedistancebetweentheVrandtheItisequaltotheprotectiondistance(0.5km),then:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.5x0.5)+20log(1000))=33.5dBm
IfthedistancebetweentheVrandtheItisequaltothesimulationradius(0.531km),then:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.531x0.531)+20log(1000))=34dBm
TheseresultsareinlinewiththosedepictedonFigure70.Wecanthenincreasethenumberofactivetransmittersto
10asshowninFigure71.

Figure71:Settinguptheprotectiondistancerelatedtothesimulationradiuswith10activeinterferer
Thesimulationradiusmaythenbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula(seeFigure72fortheresult):
5 . 0 5 .
10
10
+

=
t
simu
R
=0.75km

Figure72:CalculationoftheR
simu
andtheiRSS
unwanted
usingtheprotectiondistance(for10activeinterferer)
IfthedistancebetweentheVrandasingleItisequaltotheprotectiondistance,then:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.5x0.5)+20log(1000))=33.5dBm
IfthedistancebetweentheVrandasingleItisequaltothesimulationradius,then:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.75x0.75)+20log(1000))=37dBm
If10transmittersaredeployedaroundtheVrthen:
iRSS
unwanted
=37(dBm)+10log(10)=27dBmandiRSS
unwanted
=33.5(dBm)+10log(10)=23.5dBm
27dBm<iRSS
unwanted
<23.5dBm(seeFigure72)
65
8.5 PowerControl
Note:Thepowercontrolisusedonlyinthissection.Whenconsideringothersections,thepowercontrolfeatureshould
bedeactivated.
A power control feature is implementedwithin SEAMCAT. When this feature is activated it introduces a variation of
theinterferingtransmitterpower.MoredetailsontheimplementationofthepowercontrolinSEAMCATispresented
inAnnex11anditssettinginAnnexA.1.6.
Whenusingthescenarioprovidedinsection4(VictimLinkandInterferingLinkoperateat thesamefrequency1000
MHzbutwithawantedreceiverantennagainshouldbeequalto11dBi),itbecomespossibletodefinethedistance
betweentheVictimreceiverandtheInterferingtransmitter.
Forsimplification,weconsiderthattheVictimreceiverandtheInterferingtransmitteraredefinedusingthefollowing
assumptions(1kmdistancebetweentheVictimandtheInterferingtransmitter).ThisisillustratedinFigure73.

Figure73:SettingupthedistancebetweentheInterferingandtheVictimpairoftransmitterandreceiver
IfthepowercontrolisnotactivatedthentheiRSS
unwanted
is(seeFigure74):

iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(1)+20log(1000))=39.5dBm

Figure74:iRSS
unwanted
withoutpowercontrol
ThesameassumptionisusedforthedistancebetweenItandtheWr(i.e.x=0kmandy=1km)wheretheItisthe
(0,0)originasshowninFigure75.

66

Figure75:SettingupthedistancebetweentheInterferingtransmitterandtheWantedreceivertoevaluatethe
dRSS
WantedReceiver
.
ThepowerreceivedbytheWantedReceiver(dRSS
WantedReceiver
)isthen:
dRSS
WantedReceiver
=33(dBm)+11+11(32.5+10log(1)+20log(1000))=37.5dBm

Note:ItisveryimportantnottoconfusethedRSS
WantedReceiver
andthedRSS
VictimReceiver
.
Figure54illustratestheirdifferences.

ThepowercontrolcanbeinputasshowninFigure76.

Figure76:Settingupthepowercontrolfortheinterferinglink.
67
Using these assumptions, the results of the simulation are the same as previously since the threshold (35 dBm) is
abovethedRSS
WantedReceiver
(37.5dB).ThiscorrespondstotheCase1describedinAnnex11.
Now,ifthethresholdisdecreasedfrom35dBmto50dBm(seeFigure77)

Figure77:ReductionoftheminimumthresholdinthePC
Since, the power control feature is activated the gain of the power control is determined according to the guidance
giveninAnnex11onpage161.SincethedRSS
WantedReceiver
is37.5dBmand:
50dBm(PC
threshold
)+2*PC
step
(5dB)<37.5dBm<50dBm(PC
threshold
)+3*PC
step
(5dB)
Thegainofthepowercontrol(g
itPC
)is10dB(Case(i+1)inAnnex11).ThismeansthattheiRSS
unwanted
willbedecreased
by10dB,i.e.:
iRSS
unwanted
=39.5dBmg
itPC
=49.5dBm
Finally, if the threshold is decreased from 50 dBm to 70 dBm, the power control feature is activated. Since the
dRSS
WantedReceiver
is37.5dBm,thisresultsin:
70dB(PC
threshold
)+20(PC
dyn
)<37.5dBm
Thegainofthepowercontrolis20dB(Case(n_step+2)inAnnex11).ThismeansthattheiRSS
unwanted
willbe
decreasedby20dB,i.e.:
iRSS
unwanted
=39.5dBmg
itPC
=59.5dBm
68
8.6 Antennagain
Forsimplification,weconsiderthattheVictimReceiverandtheInterferingTransmitteraredefinedusingthefollowing
assumptions(again1kmdistancebetweentheInterferingtransmitterandtheVictimreceiver)(seeFigure78).

Figure78:Definitionofthescenariotoassesstheantennagain
TheiRSS
unwanted
isthen:
iRSS
unwanted
=33(dBm)+11+Gr(32.5+10log(1)+20log(1000))=48.5dBm+Gr


Figure79:Definitionoftheantennagain
InordertoinvestigatetheevolutionoftheiRSSversustheantennaradiationpatternwithfixedlocationofthepairsof
transmitters and receivers (i.e. to get random angle arrival and consequently random gain of the antenna radiation
pattern),itispossibletorotateartificiallytheantennapatterndefinedinFigure79intheazimuthdomain.Thiscanbe
donebyrotatingtheantennafrom0to360byapplyingauniformdistributionfrom0to360degtothemainbeam
direction(0deg).
69

Figure80:Settinguptherotationintheazimuthdomain
Thereceiverantennagainextendsfrom9dB+(0to50dB)meaningthatitvariesfrom+9dBto41dBdependingon
theazimuthangle(Figure80),theiRSS
unwanted
isthen:
89.5dBm<iRSS
unwanted
<39.5dBm
ResultsgeneratedbySEAMCATarepresentedinFigure81.

Figure81:iRSS
unwanted

70
9 STEP6:GOINGFURTHER


Use the batch operation

Generate multiple interferers

How to make the most of SEAMCAT figures

You will learn from Step 6 how to ...

9.1 Batchoperation
TheSEAMCAT'sbatchfunctionallowsautomationofrepetitivecompatibilitystudiesbyschedulingseveralSEAMCAT
simulations to be done in one run of the programme. One typical example of using SEAMCAT batch functionality
would be to perform multiple simulations in order to study the interference probability on identical scenarios with
onlysmallfrequencychangesbetweenthem.
ThebatchfunctionissimilartousingtheTranslationmodeinICE,whereitispossibletoseetheimpactofchanging
one of the input parameters on the final probability of interference. However, while the Translation mode has only
three predefined input parameters that may be subject to change, the batch function allows modification of any
inputparameteranddoesnotlimitthenumberofthoseparameterssubjecttochange.
Thefirststepistodefinetheparametersthatwillbeusedinthebatch.Figure82showshowbatchfunctionalitycan
bestartedthroughtheBatchOperationcommandintheworkspacetoolsmenu,anddoesnotrequireanyworkspace
tobeopen/selected.

Figure82:Firststeptobatchfunctionality
Then, the user needs to open the batch and to define it as shown in Figure 83. This window is divided in two parts:
EditbatchmembersandParameters.

Theupperpart(Editbatchmembers)containsthelistofbatchjobsorworkspacestobesimulatedinthebatch.Thisis
alsowheretheresultswillbeshown(seeFigure85).
Thelowerpartofdialogwindow(Parameters)displaysthevariablebatchparametersforthebatchjobselectedinthe
upperpart.InSEAMCAT3thereisnolimittothenumberofbatchparameters,andtheparametersdonotneedtobe
preselected.ByclickingtheAddbuttononthetoprightitispossibletoaddanewbatchjob.Then,theparametersto
beusedinthesimulationsshouldbedefinedasillustratedinFigure84.

71

Figure83:Definitionofthebatchparameters

Figure84:Definitionoftheparameterstobeusedinthesimulations
SEAMCATthenconductsthesimulationsandproducesareportforeachofthesimulationsthatweredefinedbythe
userasshowninFigure85.
72

Figure85:ProbabilityofinterferenceresultsoftheBatchsimulation
9.2 MultipleInterferersgeneration
SEAMCATallowsvariousoptionstogeneratemultipleinterferers.Thisisdescribedinthefollowingsections.
9.2.1 Option1
This option allows SEAMCAT to generates multiple interferers which may have the same or different technical
characteristicsfromeachother.ThisisillustratedinFigure86.

Figure86:Generationofmultipleinterfererswhichmayhavedifferenttechnicalcharacteristicsfromeachother.
The feature colocate allows the deployment of a second type of interferer (for instance New
Workspace_217_ILK1.1)forwhichthetransmitterswillbelocatedatthesamelocationasthetransmittersofanother
type of interferers (i.e. New Workspace_217_ILK1 or New interfering link 1, etc..). This feature is of interest since it
allows deploying these two interferers at the same location (i.e. with the same coordinates) and these two
transmitters could be transmitting at the same time while having different transmitter characteristics (e.g. emission
mask,antennaradiationpattern).

Note: If for one interfering link (e.g. New Workspace_217_ILK1.1) the number of active transmitter is one, then for
anyextrainterferinglinks(e.g.Newinterferinglink1),onlyoneTx(i.e.Newinterferinglink1)issimulated.Whenthe
colocatefeatureisselected,anyvaluesaregreyshadedandonlyonetransmitterissimulated.
73
9.2.2 Option2: Autogenerationofmultipleinterferinglinks
This option corresponds to duplicate n times a specific interfering links on a circle as illustrated in Figure 89. These
interferershavethesamecharacteristicsastheoriginalinterferinglink(i.e.NewWorkspace_234_ILK1inFigure88).It
hasthepurposeofautomaticallygeneratingaregularpatternofinterferinglinks.Thesemultiplelinksarelocatedata
certain(circular)patternaroundthevictimsystem.Atypicalinterferencescenariothatwouldbenefitfromusingthis
functionisdepictedinthefollowingfigure:

Note: In the Vr It path tab, one of the correlated cases mode should be selected, otherwise SEAMCAT will
promptawarningstatingUnabletogeneratemultipleinterferinglinksunlessNonCDMAfixedpositionlinkexists
(i.e. the autogenerator does not work with selected VrIt correlation modes None, Uniform density or Closest
interferer).

The user may create other combinations of mutual coupling and positioning of transmitters and receivers pairs in
interfering and victim links by accordingly setting the VrWt; ItWr, and VrIt correlation choices in the workspace
scenario.Tousetheautogenerationofsuchregularlyspacedinterferinglinks,theusermayusecommandGenerate
MultipleInterferingSystemsintheToolsmenuasshowninFigure88.Intheappearingdialogwindow,theusermay
first select which of the existing interfering links should be multiplied, then set the number of tiers of generated
multiple cells, total number of cells per tier and the 'frequency reuse distance' parameter (corresponding to D in
Figure87).

Figure87:Illustrationoftheautogenerationofmultipleinterferinglinks
Figure 87 shows an example of scenario that may be used for estimating intraservice interference to a victim base
stationofcellularsystemfrommobiletransmittersoperatinginthenexttierofcochannelcellsofthesamesystem.

The cell displacement angle (corresponding to in Figure 87) is calculated automatically by the dialogue window by
evenlyspacingthespecifiednumberofcellsaroundthe360degarc,buttheusermayamendthisangle.e.g.inorder
toachieveplacementofmultiplecellsinasectoroflessthan360deg.TheparameterCelldisplacementangleoffset
maybeusedtospecifytheoffsetofanazimuthtowardsthefirstinterferingcellwithregardtothexaxis,asseenfrom
thecentreofavictimlink.

Note:Duringthemultiplelinkgeneration,theFrequencyreusedistanceparameterspecifiedwithinthemultiplelink
generatordialoguewindow(5kmintheexample),incombinationwiththespecifiedinitialoffsetangle,willoverride
the originaldX/dY values intheVrIt path setting of the original Interfering link, which will now become the first link
positionedinaccordancewiththespecifiedangularpattern.

It 1
Wr 1

It 4
Wr 4
Vr

It 3
Wr 3

It 2
Wr 2

It 5
Wr 5

It 6
Wr 6
D

74

Figure88:Generationofmultipleinterferers

Anexamplewith3tiers(i.e.3circles)isshowninFigure89.Alsoalistoftheinterferersbeinggeneratedispresented
withtheirnames.Itisalsoillustratedthateachinterfererscoordinatescanbeextractedormodifiedaccordingtothe
usersneedforthesimulationlayouttoconsider.

Figure89:Illustrationoftheresultsofthegenerationofmultipleinterferer

75

Figure90:Examplewhere1tierisusedtoposition4interferersinasquareshape(i.e.cornersofabuilding)with
theVrpositionedoutsidethesquare.

9.2.3 Option3
SEAMCAT allows defining of the number of active interfering transmitters as shown in Figure 91. These active
transmitters have the same technical characteristics (i.e. duplicate) and they are deployed according to the mode
selected(SeeAnnexA.1.9formoredetailsonthedeploymentmode).TheiRSSresultisstoredasonevector(ofsize
numberofsnapshots)whereforeachsnapshottheiRSSvalueisthesumoftheXactivetransmitters.

Note:Thenumberofactivetransmittersisdirectlyusedtocomputethesimulationradius(seeA.10.2).

Figure91:Generationofmultipleinterfererswiththesamecharacteristicsandusingaspecificdeploymentmode.
76
9.3 HowtomakethemostoftheSEAMCATfigures
Tip1:
If you want to know the properties, to change the titles name or to resize the axis of the graphic right click on the
figureandyouwillget:

Figure92:Illustrationonhowtogetthepropertiesdialogboxofafigure.

Figure93:Illustrationonchangingthechartproperties

Tip2:
ToZoomin:right(orleft)clickonthemouseandselecttheareathatyouwanttozoomon.
Tip3:
ToZoomout:right(orleft)clickonthemousemovetowardtheupperleftcorner.
77
Tip4:Extractionofoutputvectorsinreadableformatforpostprocessing.

Figure94:ExampleonhowtoextractvectorsinSEAMCATforpostprocessing

78
10 CDMASIMULATION
10.1 Introduction
SEAMCAT allows the simulation of cellular networks employing Code Division Multiple Access modulation scheme.
ThespecificCDMAstandard(e.g.CDMA20001X,orWCDMA/UMTS)canbeselectedbyincorporatingtheappropriate
link level curves into the simulation scenario. Only the interference impact of/on "voice" can be studied using
SEAMCAT.

WhereassimulationofnonCDMAsystemsiscarriedoutinSEAMCATbytakingtwopairsoftransmittersreceiversand
estimatingsignalsreceivedbetweenthemseparately(i.e.withoutanyformoffeedbackinfluence),thesimulationof
CDMAsystemsrequiresamuchmorecomplexprocessofpowercontrollinginafullyloadedsystem,includingimpact
from two tiers of neighbouring cells and, for victim CDMA systems, the attempt by the system to levelout the
interference impact. Therefore SEAMCAT supplements a single considered CDMA cell with its Base Station (BS) two
tiersofvirtualcellstoforma19cell(57cellfortrisectordeployment)cluster,whichisthenpopulatedwithacertain
numberofmobilestations(MS)andtheCDMApowercontrolalgorithmisthenappliedtobalancetheoverallsystem.

TheCDMAGUI(GraphicalUserInterface)interfacecanbedividedintofourlogicalparts:



Note:TheCDMAexamplesgiveninthismanualarebasedon3GPPUMTSspecifications.
This part of the GUI is used to assist the user when configuring the workspace.
All CDMA specific GUI elements are available as part of either VictimLink or InterferingLink configuration dialogues.
1 Pre-simulation
The simulation GUI elements are shown during the simulation and are used to provide information about what
SEAMCAT is doing.
Since CDMA simulation can take much longer than non-CDMA simulations, there are special GUI parts used to
provide information to the user.
Simulation 2
After a simulation these GUI parts are used to provide access to calculated results and also detailed insight into the
last snapshot of the simulation.
Inspecting the last snapshot is considered a good way to validate the configuration of the simulated workspace.
3 Results
4 Detailed information on the last snapshot
79
10.2 Presimulationpart
10.2.1 DefiningaCDMAblockingmaskinSEAMCAT(VictimLink)
Figure 95 presents the location on the SEAMCAT GUI where the user can define a 3GPP blocking mask for CDMA
simulation.


Figure95:SEAMCATinterfacetoinserttheblockingmask
AnexampleofaBSblockingmask(i.e.CDMAULasvictim)basedonTS25.104[1]ispresentedinAnnex6.
10.2.2 DefiningaCDMAunwantedemissionmaskinSEAMCAT(InterferingLink)
Figure96presentsthelocationontheSEAMCATGUIwheretheusercandefinea3GPPunwantedspectrumemission
maskforCDMAsimulation.


Figure96:SEAMCATinterfacetoinserttheCDMAunwantedspectrumemissionmask
ExamplesofaBSandUEspectrumemissionmasks(i.e.CDMADLasinterferer)basedonTS25.104[1]andTS25.101
[3]respectivelyarepresentedinAnnex5.
80
10.2.3 GeneralCDMAinputparameters
ThedialogwindowofFigure97isusedtodefinethenecessaryparametersforthemodellingofCDMAsystems.These
parameters have been divided into several related groups each called by a separate subsheet tab. The General
tabsheet contains a range of CDMA system parameters as well as some parameters that depend on the modelled
direction of CDMA link (uplink vs. downlink). Table 4 provides a summary of the general CDMA input parameters to
SEAMCATandtheirdescription.

Figure97:GeneralCDMAinputparameterstoSEAMCAT
Parameter Description
CDMALink
component
ThetypeofCDMASystem.Notethatthereareconsiderabledifferencesbetween
modellingofuplinkandadownlinkinCDMAsystem.
ReceiverNoise
Figure
Equipmentspecificnoisefigureofreceiver,specifiedindB.
Handovermargin

Specifiesthemaximumdifference,indB,betweenthelinksinausersactivelist.The
actualactivelistselectionisbasedonpathlosscalculations.
Calldropthreshold Usedbythepowercontroltodetermineifausershouldbedroppedwhennotmeeting
exacttargetrequirement,specifiedindB.
Voicebitrate Specifiedinkbps.
Reference
bandwidth
SpecifiedinMHz.
Voiceactivity
factor
Decimalintherange01usedtospecifythepercentageofvoiceactiveusersin
system,i.e.avalueof0.5meansthathalfofallusersinsystemwillbevoiceactiveat
eachgiventimeinstance(SEAMCATsnapshot).Thisfigurewillhavelargeimpacton
systemcapacityasonlyvoiceactiveusersareconsideredbyCDMApowercontrol.
MinimumCoupling
Loss
Theminimumpathloss,specifiedindB.
LinkLevelData DropdownselectionofLinkleveldatalookupfunctionsfromLibrary.TheCDMALink
leveldatahavedifferentformatsforuplinkanddownlink.Inparticular,theLinklevel
dataforuplinkprovidesEb/Norequirements,whereasdownlinkdatadefinetheEc/Ior
requirements.Itisuser'sresponsibilitytochooseanappropriatesetofdata.General
81
82
workspaceconsistencycheckwillcheckforLinkdirectionandcheckifthefrequency
differencebetweentheoperatingfrequencyandthenominalfrequencyoftheLink
leveldatasetiswithin100MHz.
Note:TheparameterscontainedintheLinkLevelDataarebasedondatasuppliedby
manufacturersanditisnotadvisedtochangethemunlesstheuserisconfidentwith
thenewdata.Furthermore,newLinkLevelDatawillautomaticallybeuploaded
whenopeningaworkspacecontainingdifferentLinkLevelDatathanthedefaultone.
Uplink
TargetNoiseRise Thisthresholdisbeingcomparedtothetotalnetworknoiseriseoverthermalnoiseof
referencecellasanindicatorofsystemloadThenoiseriseismeasuredasthelinear
averageofdBvaluesacrossall19/57basestations.
Mobilestation
maximumtransmit
power
SpecifiedindBm
(max_MS_Pw_Tx).
Mobilestation
powercontrol
range
ComponentoftheULpowercontrolscheme.SpecifiedindBsothattheminimum
MobileStationTXpoweristhereforemax_MS_Pw_TxMS_PC_RangedBm.
PCConvergence
precision
Intheuplink,eachmobilestationperfectlyachievesthetargetC/I,Eb/N0_target,
duringthepowercontrolloopconvergence,assumingthatthemaximumtransmit(TX)
power,max_MS_Tx_Pw,isnotexceeded.Thosemobilestationsnotabletoachieve
Eb/N0_targetafterconvergenceofthepowercontrolloopareconsideredinoutage.
Thepowercontrolloopisconsideredtoconvergewhenallmobilestationsarewithin
themax_MS_Tx_PwandtheirTxpowerisadjustedbylessthanthePCconvergence
precisionvalueforthelastpowerbalancingiteration.(note:thetermlinearwillbe
removedinfuturereleasesofSEAMCAT).
Downlink
BaseStationPilot
ChannelFraction
PercentageofmaxBSpowerallocatedtopilot.
BaseStation
OverheadChannel
Fraction
PercentageofmaxBSpowerallocatedtooverheadchannels(paging,etc.).
BaseStation
maximum
BroadcastPower
SpecifiedindBm.
BaseStation
maximumtraffic
channelpower
Percentageofthemaximumallowablebroadcastpower(pertraff.chan.perBS).The
maximumallowabletrafficchannelpoweriscomparedtothecalculatedtransmit
trafficchannelpowerlevelswithrespecttotheEc/Iorlinkleveldataforiterative
adjustmentintheDLpowercontrol.
Successthreshold Thresholdtodetermineperfectlinkquality.
Table4:GeneralCDMAinputparameterstoSEAMCAT
Note:ThevaluesusedinFigure97aregivenasexamplesbutwouldneedtobetunedfortheparticularscenariothatis
beingsimulatedandmoredetailedcanbefoundinpublicationssuchas[6],[4]or[5].

10.2.4 Positioning
ItshouldbenotedthatSEAMCATpositioningcomponentshavebeenbasedona3GPP2hexagonalgrid.Thefollowing
figuresillustratesthedifferencesbetween3GPPand3GPP2.InsomeECCReportsinvolving3GPPsimulation[4][5],the
followingnotations,asshowinFigure98,areused:
CellRadius=R
CellRange=2R
BStoBSdistance=3R

Figure98:IllustrationoftheCellRadius,CellRangeandBStoBSdistance
accordingto3GPPterminology.
Thefollowingnotations,asshowninFigure99,areusedwithinSEAMCAT(3GPP2based):
CellRadius=R
Cell Range = h = sqrt(R
2

R
2
/4)
BStoBSdistance=2h

Figure99:IllustrationoftheCellRadius,CellRangeandBStoBSdistance
accordingto3GPP2terminologyandimplementedinSEAMCAT
UrbanCase RuralCase
SEAMCATR= 433m 4330m
h= 375m 3750m
DistanceBStoBS(2h)= 750m=3R 7500m
CellRange(2R)= 500m(3GPP) 5000m(3GPP)
Table5:Exampleofthedistancesrelationshipbetween3GPPandSEAMCAT
TheSEAMCATGUIfortheCDMApositioningispresentedinFigure100.

Figure100:ExampleofSEAMCATGUIforthecellradius.
83
10.2.5 InitialCapacity
The capacity of the simulated system is dependent on all other settings and cannot always be easily deduced from
these. Therefore SEAMCAT has a feature that allows for automatic determination of capacity. This is also known as
simulationofnoninterferedcapacityandisenabledbydefault.Figure101showsthesettingsusedtoconfigurethe
capacityandTable6providesdetaileddescriptionsforalltheparameters.

Figure101:CDMAcapacitysettings
Parameter Description
Togglesautomaticcapacityfinding. 1
Simulate
non
interfered
capacity

Iftheoptimalcapacityforthecurrentscenarioisknown(thisisoftenthecasewhen
runningconsecutivesimulationswiththesamesystem)thereisnoneedtosimulate
asthesimulationprocesscanbequitelengthy.
WhenthischeckboxisdisabledSEAMCATusesthevalueenteredin2Usersper
cellasthecapacitypercell.
2Users
percell
Ifcapacitysimulationisenabledthisindicatesthestartingpointofthesimulation.Selectingtheright
startingpointcanspeedupthecapacityfindingprocess.
IfcapacitysimulationisdisabledthevalueinthisfieldistheactualvalueusedbySEAMCAT.
- SEAMCATdoesNOTchangethisinputvalueintotheresultofthesimulation!
- UserspercellisequaltoUEperBaseStation.SEAMCATconsiderseachBaseStationasits
owncell.
3Delta
usersper
cell
WhenSEAMCATtriestofindtheoptimalcapacityitadjuststhenumberofUEspercellstartingwith
thisvalue.Apropervalueherecanspeedupthecapacityfindingprocess.

4
Numberof
trials
WhenfindingtheoptimalcapacitySEAMCATrunsthismany(i.e.Numberoftrials)snapshotsfor
everyvalueofUEspercellbeforedecidingwhetherornotthecurrentvalueistheoptimalcapacity.
Generallylargernumbersmeangreaterprecisionbutalsolongertimeneededbythealgorithm.

5
Tolerance
ofinitial
outage
DownlinkonlyThetoleranceofinitialoutageisthepercentageofUEsthatcanbedroppedbefore
SEAMCATdeterminesthatthetestednumberofUEscannotfitintothesystem(i.e.20user_per_cell
*19BS=380UEs,if5%orlessof380UEsaredropped,thesystemisconsideredableto
handle/service20UEspercell).

SEAMCATwilladjustthevalueofUEspercelluntilavalueisfoundforwhich80%ofthespecified
numberoftrialsareabletohandlethetestednumberofUEspercell.
ThisparameterallowsforUEsinextremepathlosssituationstobeignoredfromtheoptimal
capacityfinding.

6Target
noiserise
precision
Uplinkonlytheprecisionusedwhencomparingthenoiseriseofthefilledsystemwithtargetnoise
risesetundertheLinkSpecifictab(uplinkpartofgeneraltabin3.1.x).
Table6:CDMACapacitysettingsparameters
84
10.2.6 Referencecell
PartofconfiguringaCDMAnetworkisselectingthereferencecell.Thereferencecell(Figure102)isusedbySEAMCAT
tomeasureresultsandallnonreferencecellsareusedtoprovideaproperinterferencebackgroundtothereference
cell.

Figure102:Referencecellselection.
Note: when Measure interference from entire cluster is checked, all the transmitters are used when simulating the
interference(i.e.allthe19/57BSoralltheUEsinallthecells).Whenitisnotchecked,itisonlythereferencecellwhich
istheinterferer.ThisfeatureonlyapplieswhenaCDMAnetworkisthesourceofinterference.
85
10.3 CDMASimulationparts
10.3.1 Capacityfinding
WhenstartingasimulationinvolvingoneormoreCDMAsystemsSEAMCATwillbeginbycheckingifanyoftheCDMA
systemshavetheSimulatenoninterferedcapacityfeatureenabled(thisisthedefaultsetting).

Thepurposeofthisistofindthenoninterferedcapacitysystemwiththecurrentconfiguration.Thecapacityisfound
bygraduallyfillingsystemwithuserswhilemeasuringsystemoutage.Foreverynumberofusersacertainnumberof
trials are run and then the number of successful trials is compared to a predefined success criterion. In current
version only the number of trials is configurable by user success criterion is fixed at 80%. This means that optimal
capacityofadownlinksystemisdefinedasthecapacitywhichthesystemisableservewithoutanyoutagein80%of
trials.

Note: This step can be quite time consuming. See Annex 13 to get a detailed description on how SEAMCAT
determinesoptimalcapacityusingthevaluesfromFigure101.

ForeachCDMAsystemneedingtohaveitsoptimalcapacitysimulatedthescreenshowninFigure103andFigure104
willappearforuplinkandfordownlinksystemsrespectively.

Figure103:NoninterferedcapacityfindingUplink(See:Table7)
ID Description
1 Thisdialindicatesthenumberoftrialscompletedwiththecurrentcapacity.Thisdialwillrangefrom
0tothenumberoftrialsenteredasvalue4onFigure101.
2 Thisdialindicatesthecurrentnumberofusersbeingtested.Rangeisdynamicandthedialismainly
intendedasaneasyvisualindicatorofvaluesbeingtested.
3UL InuplinkSEAMCATtriestofindthenumberofusersthatprovideanaveragenoiserisewiththe
specifiedthreshold.Theneedleshowsthecurrentvalueofaveragenoiseriseacrossthetrialsrun.
Theredareaindicatesthenoiseriseistoolow(toofewusersinthesystem)thegreenareaisthe
targetnoiserise(plus/minus)thetolerancespecified.Theyellowareaindicatestheaveragenoise
riseistoohigh(toomanyusersinthesystem).
Note:NoiseriseismeasuredasthelinearaverageofdBvaluesacrossall19/57basestations
AftereverytrialSEAMCATcalculatestheaveragenoiseriseoverthetotalnumberoftrialsandifthis
valueisabovethethresholdrestartsthesimulationwithalowervalueofuserspercell.
4UL Thebarchartgivesinformationonpreviousvaluestested.TheYaxisistheaveragenoiseriseandthe
Xaxisisthenumberofuserspercellbeingtested.
Table7:Elementsoftheuplinknoninterferedcapacityfindingscreen
86

Figure104:NoninterferedcapacityfindingDownlink(See:Table8)

ID Description
1 Thisdialindicatesthenumberoftrialscompletedwiththecurrentcapacity.Thisdialwillrangefrom
0tothenumberoftrialsenteredasvalue4onFigure101.

Note:SEAMCATdoesnotalwayssimulateallthetrialstargetis80%successandifforexample5
outof20havealreadyfailedSEAMCATdoesnotsimulatetherestofthetrials.
2 Thisdialindicatesthecurrentnumberofusersbeingtested.Rangeisdynamicandthedialismainly
intendedasaneasyvisualindicatorofvaluesbeingtested.
3DL IndownlinkSEAMCATtriestofindthenumberofusersthatcanfitintothesystemin80%ofthe
trials.Theredareaindicatesthatlessthan80%hasbeenreached(i.e.toomanyusersinthesystem
ornotalltrialsyetcomplete)thegreenareais80%(16trialswiththedefaultsettings).Theyellow
areaindicatesthatmorethan80%ofthetrialsaresuccessful(toofewusersinthesystem).SEAMCAT
stopswhenthisdialstopsinthegreenareaafteralltrialscompleted.

SEAMCATtriestodetectwhennomoretrialswithatestedvalueisneededtoadjusttothenext
value.

Example:If40userspercellarebeingtestedfor20trialsandthefirst5trialsareunsuccessfulitisnot
possibletoreach80%successrateandthereisnoneedtosimulatethelast15trials.Regardlessof
theresultofthelast15trialsSEAMCATwillconcludethatfeweruserspercellareneeded.Ifmore
than80%successrateisreachedbeforealltrialsaresimulated,thereisnoneedtosimulatetherest
ofthetrials.
4DL Thebarchartgivesinformationonpreviousvaluestested.TheYaxisisthenumberofsuccessful
trialsandtheXaxisisthenumberofuserspercellbeingtested.Thisgivesinsightintohowthe
algorithmoscillatestofindtheoptimalcapacity.

IntheexampleSEAMCATfirsttested20userspercellandafter17successfultrials(lessthan5%of
usersweredropped)decidedtotestuserspercell+thespecifiedvaluefordeltauserspercell(20)=
40userspercell.Whentestingwith40userspercellSEAMCATdidnotfindanysuccessfultrialsand
adjustedthedeltauserspercellvaluebydividingwith2andsubtractingthisvaluefromusersper
cell.Whentestingwith30userspercellstillnosuccessfultrialswerefoundanduserspercellwas
againadjustedwithamodifieddeltaperusersvalueleadingtoauserspercellvalueof25being
tested.
Table8:Elementsofthedownlinknoninterferedcapacityfindingscreen.

87
10.3.2 Snapshotsimulation
OnceSEAMCAThasdeterminedthenumberofUEspercell(eitherthroughsimulationofoptimalcapacity(seeFigure
103 for UL and Figure 104 for DL) or by a value specified by the user) the actual simulation of snapshots begins. As
withallscenariosthiscausesSEAMCATtoshowthescenariooutline(Figure105forULandFigure106forDL).

Figure105:Example:CDMAUplinkasvictimBasestationsareshownasVr(severalsnapshotsaredisplayed)

Figure106:Example:CDMADownlinkasvictimBasestationsareshownasWt(1snapshotdisplayedhereonly)

Note:OnlyCDMAbasestationswillappearintheScenariooutlinegraph.Dependentonthescenariothebasestations
positioningwillappearasshowninTable9.
88
Scenario
configuration
BSrole UErole Positioning Illustration
CDMADownlink
isvictim
Wanted
Transmitter
Victim
Receiver
Referencecellis
positionedin
(0,0)

CDMAUplinkis
victim
VictimReceiver Wanted
Transmitter
Referencecellis
positionedin
(0,0)

CDMADownlink
isinterferer
Interfering
Transmitter
Wanted
Receiver
Relativeto
victimand
referencecell

CDMAUplinkis
interferer
Wanted
Receiver
Interfering
Transmitter
Relativeto
victimand
referencecell

Table9:SEAMCATroleofCDMAelements
Note:WhenCDMAsimulationsaredone,thedRSScalculationisperformedbySEAMCATasshowninFigure107.

Figure107:Simulationsummary
89
10.4 Results
OnceSEAMCAThascompletedthesimulation,theresultsareshownasdisplayedinFigure108andFigure109when
theCDMAnetworkisthevictim.Thefigurespresentthedifferencebetweenthe2steppowerbalancingprocess(1
initialpowerbalancing,2powerbalancingafterintroductionofanexternalinterference)

- Units:numberofconnectedUEs.
- Initialcapacity:NumberofconnectedUEsbeforeanyexternalinterferenceisconsidered.
- Interferedcapacity:ResultsafterExternalinterferenceisapplied.
- Excessoutage,users:HowmanyUEsweredroppedduetoexternalinterference.
- Outagepercentage(Figure109):PercentageofUEsdroppedduetoexternalinterference.

Note:WhenCDMAisinterfererandthevictimisclassic/traditional(i.e.nonCDMA)link,therearenospecialCDMA
results(exceptinsightintotheCDMAnetworksimulatedforthelastsnapshot).

Figure108:CDMAReferencecellcapacityresults

Figure109:CDMAReferencecelloutage
90
AmoredetaileddescriptiononhowthecapacitylossiscomputedispresentedasshowninFigure110.

Figure110:CDMAVictimresults
The values shown are saved in a vector called CDMA System capacity (i.e. to be understood as CDMA network
capacity)andcanbeaccessedasshowninFigure111.

Note:usersarewarnednottoclickonthevaluecell.Thisisaknownbugwhichwillpreventusersfromviewingthe
vectorresult.ThiswillbecorrectedinfutureSEAMCATversions.


Figure111:AccesstoCDMAcapacityresults

91
11 OFDMASIMULATION
Note:Atthetimeofprintingthemanual,theimplementationoftheOFDMAmoduleinSEAMCATwasstillunderthe
test and calibration phase. Nevertheless, this section provides users with the necessary information on the
methodologyused,itsassumptionsandtheGUIaswellashowtosetuptheOFDMAsimulation.Thismodulewillbe
releasedaspartoftheversionSEAMCAT3.2.
11.1 Introduction
The simulation of OFDMA systems is similar to that of the CDMA systems, except that after the overall twotiers
cellular system structure(incl. wraparound) is built andpopulated withmobiles, the CDMA power tuning process is
replacedinOFDMAcasewithaniterativeprocessofassigningavariablenumberoftrafficsubcarriersandcalculating
theoverallcarriedtrafficperbasestation.

ThecurrentOFDMAmodulehasbeendesignedforaLongTermEvolution(LTE)networkfrom3GPP[10].ThereforeE
UTRA RF coexistence studies can be performed with MonteCarlo simulation methodology. The detailed simulation
flow for DL and UL can be found in Annex 14. Further modules are planned for the future to allow for different
OFDMAtechnologies,suchasWiMAX.
11.2 Methodologyandassumptions
The general simulation assumptions are presented in this section to provide a guideline on how to perform the
coexistence simulation. ThisOFDMA LTE algorithm is only valid fora 100% loaded system and each user is allocated
withafixednumberofresourceblocks.ThisisequivalenttomodellingaRoundRobinschedulerwithfullbuffertraffic
modelandafrequencyreuseof1/1(i.e.SingleFrequencyNetworkisassumed).Moreover,EUTRAsystemisassumed
to be a fully orthogonal system, which indicates that in the UL case only UEs allocated with the same subcarriers
(frequencyresourceblock)couldintroduceothercell,intrasysteminterference.

The network layout is similar to the one used for CDMA. The methodology assumes that the UEs are deployed
randomlyinthewholenetworkregionaccordingtoauniformgeographicaldistribution.Thewraparoundtechniqueis
employedtoremovethenetworkdeploymentedgeeffects.

Note that if the OFDMA is a DL interferer, the OFDMA is simulated as in traditional simulation with the BSs
transmitting at full power. This decreases the simulation time of a full OFDMA simulation. In OFDMA DL interferer,
only the position of the BSs will be calculated because full transmit power is assumed. For all other simulations
(includingUL)scenariosfullOFDMAnetworksimulationisrequired.Consequently,someoftheinputparameterofthe
GUIinterfacehavebeengreyoutwhentheOFDMADLinterferercaseisselected(seeFigure121).

Since it is arguable that some simulation assuming a rural environment would not need to assume full power
transmission(i.e.fullloadednetwork)whenthesystemisDLandinterferer,theusermayneedtomanipulateeither
theinputpowerorthespectrummask(orboth)inordertosimulatetheDLinterferercaseforruraldeployment.
92
11.2.1 DLC/Icalculation
TherelationshipbetweenthecontributorsoftheinterferenceinaOFDMAnetworkisillustratedinFigure112

Figure112:IllustrationoftheinterferencemechanismintheOFDMAmodulewheretheintersystemoralsocalled
selfinterferenceisnotedI
inter
andtheinterferencefromanexternalinterferencesystemisreferredtoasI
ext
.

InthisSEAMCATOFDMAimplementation,thetermBSandcellhavethesamemeaning.TheC/IcalculationinDLis
calculatedas
) , (
) , (
/
k j I
k j C
I C =
whereC(j,k)isthereceivedpoweratthekthuserfromtheservingBS,i.e.,thejthBS
) , ( ) , (
, k j j
UE
BS
UE BS pathloss P k j C =
) , ( ) , (
,k j j
UE BS dRSS k j C =
and where is the power of resource block and
UE
BS
P ( ) MCL pathloss UE BS pathloss
k j j
, max ) , (
,
= . Note that
thepath lossincludesshadowing.

I(j,k)isthesumoftheinterferencepower(powerofresourceblock*pathlossincludingshadowing)
t ext inter
N k j I k j I k j I + + = ) , ( ) , ( ) , (
which consists of adjacent cell interference I
inter
(j,k) (from the same victim system, i.e. denoted intersystem
interference)

= =
=
cell
N
j l l
k j l
UE
BS er nt i
UE BS pathloss P k j I
, 1
,
) , ( ) , ( ,
theinterferencefromexternalinterferingsystem(s)inadjacentchannelI
ext
(j,k)(interferencepowerintothisresource
block including ACIR). The ACIR (Adjacent Channel Interference Ratio) is implicitly taken into account when both
unwantedandblockingmechanismaresummedinthecomputation

) , ( ) , ( ) , (
,
1
,
_
k j m
N
m
blocking k j m unwanted ext
UE BS iRSS UE BS iRSS k j I
cell External

=
=
where
) ( ) , (
,
blocks resource UE the of size the over iRSS UE BS iRSS
unwanted k j m unwanted
=
foreachoftheUEsfrequencywheretheDLinformationisreceivedand
M
N
bandwidth system over iRSS UE BS iRSS
blocking k j m blocking
= ) ( ) , (
,

atthevictimsystemfrequency.
IT
BS2
BS1 Wt
Iinter
dRSS
adj.cell
Ref.cell
Vr
Iext =iRSS
93

whereNisthenumberofRBs(i.e.subcarriers)requestedperUE,andMisthemaximumnumberofRBsperBSand
whereN
externalcell
isthenumberofexternalinterferingBSs.

andthethermalnoiseN
t

) 10 / ) ) ( 10 log 10 174 (( ^ 10
UE t
e NoiseFigur RBs N of bandwith N + + =
whereNisthenumberofRBsscheduledtoaUE.
11.2.2 ULC/Icalculation
TheC/IcalculationinULiscalculatedsothatC(j,k)isthereceivedpowerfromtheUE
j,k
atthejthBS.
) , ( ) , ( ) , (
, j k j t
BS UE pathloss k j P k j C =
) , ( ) , (
, j k j
BS UE dRSS k j C =
whereP
t
isthetransmitpoweroftheUEindBm(seeULPowercontrolbelow).

SimilarlytoDL,theinterferenceisderivedfrom

t ext nter i
N k j I k j I k j I + + = ) , ( ) , ( ) , (

where I
ext
is the interference coming from UEs of the same system but from adjacent cells (i.e. the intersystem
interference from other cells). Since a fully orthogonal system is assumed, only UEs which transmit in the same
frequency subcarriers will introduce interference to each other, hence only UEs in other cells with the same k index
areconsidered.

= =
=
cell
N
j l l
j k l t inter
BS UE pathloss k l P k j I
, 1
,
) , ( ) , ( ) , (
whereI
ext
istheinterferencefromexternalinterferingUEs.

= =
=
cell External
N
m
K
j v m unwanted j v m blocking ext
BS UE iRSS BS UE iRSS k j I
_
1 1
, ,
) , ( ) , ( ) , (
v

whereKisthenumberofUEsintheexternalinterferingcellsandthenumberofexternalcellsislimitedtoN
Externalcell

andthethermalnoiseNt.

) 10 / ) ) ( 10 log 10 174 (( ^ 10
BS t
e NoiseFigur RBs N of bandwith N + + =
11.2.3 ULPowercontrol
InOFDMAUL,powercontrolisappliedtotheactiveusers(i.e.theuserswithspecificRBs)sothattheUETxpoweris
adjusted with respect to the path loss to the BS it is connected to. In 3GPP [10], the UL power control is defined so
thattheUEtransmitpowerissetsuchas:

|
|
.
|

\
|
=

ile x
t
PL
PL
R P P , max , 1 min
min max

where P
t
is the UE Tx power in dBm, P
max
is the maximum transmit power in dBm, R
min
is the minimum power
reductionratiotopreventUEswithgoodchannelstotransmitatverylowpowerlevel.R
min
issetbyP
min
/P
max
.PLis
thepathlossindBfortheUEfromitsservingBSandPL
xile
isthexpercentilepathloss(plusshadowing)value.PLxile
isdefinedhereasthevalueintheCDF,whichisgreaterthanthepathlossofxpercentoftheMSsinthecellfromthe
BS(i.e.itcorrespondstotheparameterpowerScaleThreshold)
Withthispowercontrolscheme,the1xpercentofUEsthathaveapathlossgreaterthanPL
xile
willtransmitatP
max
,
i.e.arenotpowercontrolled.InSEAMCAT,isassumedtoequal1.
94
11.2.4 OFDMALTELinktosystemlevelmapping
Alookuptableisusedtomapthroughputintermsofspectralefficiency(bpsperHz)withrespecttocalculatedSNIR
(= C/I) (dB) level. This link leve data (bitrate mapping) is user selectable and can be modified depending on the
simulationtoperform.
0
1
2
3
4
5
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25
SNIR, dB
T
h
r
o
u
g
h
p
u
t
,

b
p
s
/
H
z
Shannon
DL
UL

Figure113:ThroughputvsSNIRforBaselineEUTRACoexistenceStudies(source:[10])
Theachievedbitrateiscalculatedasfollows:
| |
( )
| |
conversion kbps to bps BW x
N
N
BiteRate
MHz
SINR
Hz bps
s subcarrier total
UE per s Subcarrier
kbps
_ _ _
/
_
_ _
=
11.3 SettingupsimulationforOFDMAasVictimlink
Figure 114 presents the SEAMCAT GUI where the user can select either CDMA or OFDMA and where the ACS
(AdjacentChannelSelectivity)canbesetupforthevictimlink.

Figure114:SEAMCATinterfacetoselecttheLTEOFDMAmoduleanditsACSvalueasavictim(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI).
11.3.1 GeneralOFDMATab
The dialogue window of Figure 115 is used to define the necessary parameters for modelling the OFDMA system.
Theseparametershavebeendividedintoseveralrelatedgroupseachcalledbyaseparatesubsheettab.
95

Figure115:GeneralOFDMAinputparameterstoSEAMCAT(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
ThegeneralsettingfortheOFDMADLandULaresimilar.

Parameter Description
OFDMALink
component
ThetypeofOFDMASystem.Thereareconsiderabledifferencesbetweenmodellingof
uplinkandadownlinkinOFDMAsystem.SeeSection11.2.4foramoredetailed
explanationofdifferences.
SINRMinimum LowerboundaryofSINRtotakeintoaccountinthesimulation.InDL,anyUEwithaC/I
lowerthantheSINRminimumwillbedisconnectedrightaway.InUL,theUEwillget
taggedwithadisconnectflag.Foraspecificthreshold(Maximumalloweddisconnection
attemptsseeTable12)ofdisconnection,theUEisremovedfromthecell.
Maxsubcarriersper
BaseStation
NumberofavailableResourceBlocks(RBs)perBS
Numberof
subcarriersper
mobile
NumberofRBsperUE
HandoverMargin Specifiesthemaximumdifference,indB,betweenthelinksinusersactivelist.Theactual
activelistselectionisbasedonpathlosscalculations.
Minimumcoupling
loss
Theminimumpathloss,specifiedindB,suchaspathloss=max(pathloss,MCL)
Systembandwidth SpecifiedinMHz
ReceiverNoise
Figure
Equipmentspecificnoisefigureofreceiver,specifiedindB
BandwidthofRBs SpecifiedinMHz
LinkLevelData Traffic(i.e.bitrate)perUE.DropdownselectionofLinkleveldatalookup2dimensions
functionsfromLibrary.TheOFDMALinkleveldatahasthesameformatsforuplinkand
downlinkbutwithdifferentvalues.Itistheuser'sresponsibilitytochooseanappropriate
setofdata.
Table10:GeneralOFDMAlinksettings.
96
11.3.2 LinkSpecifictab

Figure116:SettinguptheOFDMADL(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)

Parameter Description
BaseStationMaximum
transmitpower
SpecifiedindBm
Table11:ParameterofthelinkspecificforOFDMADL

Figure117:SettinguptheOFDMAUL(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
Parameter Description
Maximumalloweddisconnection
attempts
Whenthenumberofdisconnectionattemptisgreaterthanthis
threshold,thenthemobileisdisconnected.ThismeansthattheUEis
removedfromtheservedUElistofthatBS,TheBSismarkedwithgot
sparecapacityandtheUEisaddedtothedisconnectedUElist.
Minimumtransmitpowerof
mobile
Minimumtransmitpowerusedinthepowercontrol.
Maximumallowedtransmitpower
ofmobile
TransmitpoweroftheUE
PowerScalingThreshold Usedinthecalculationofthepathlosslimitforthepowercontrol.Itis
alimitthresholdcomparedtothevalueoftheCDFusedinthepower
control(seesection10.2.3)
Table12:ParameterofthelinkspecificforOFDMAUL
11.3.3 Capacity

Figure118:SettingupthecapacityoftheOFDMAsimulation(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
97
Parameter Description
Userbasestation Defineshowmanymobilespercellshouldbegeneratedinthesystem.ForeachBS,
eachUEwillbeaddedtoservedUElistofthatBS.Dependingonthepropagationor
handoverconditions,aUEwilleitherremainconnectedtotheBSorwillbe
disconnected.
Table13:ParameterforthecapacityofOFDMA(eitherULorDL)
11.3.4 PathLossCorrelation
The concept of a simple correlation model for shadow fading has been widely adopted in LTE coexistence studies
mostly employed in uplink case. The propagation attenuation is modelled as the product of the path loss and the
shadowfading.Theshadowfadingiswellapproximatedbyalognormaldistribution[12].Letzdenotesshadowfading
in dB with zero mean and variance
2
. Then the shadow fading of path from one UE to the ith BS is expressed as
,where and
i i
by ax z + = 1
2 2
= + b a x and areindependentGaussiandistributedvariables,bothwithzero
meanandvariance
2
. and for
i
y
i
y
j
y j i areindependentaswell. = Figure119presentshowtosetupthepathloss
correlationinSEAMCAT(onlyavailableforOFDMA).

Figure119:PathlosscorrelationinterfaceforOFDMAsimulation(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
Thus,thecorrelationcoefficientoftheshadowfadingfromoneUEtotwodifferentBSs,i.e.,the thand i j thBS,is
2
2
) (
) (
a
z
z z
i
j i
=
E
E
.InmostLTEstudies,
2
1
= = b a isassumed[10].
For cellular systems with threesector antennas, the shadowing correlation between sites (equivalent to BS in Omni
antennasystem)isof0.5andcorrelationbetweensectorsofthesamesiteisconsequentlyof1.
11.3.5 Othertabs
Note: The System Layout tab, Positioning tab and Propagation Model tab are shared components with the CDMA
module.ThereforepleaseconsulttheCDMAsectionforfurtherdetail.
11.4 SettingupsimulationforOFDMAasInterferinglink
Figure 120 presents the SEAMCAT GUI where the user can select either CDMA or OFDMA and where the Unwanted
EmissionMask(ACLR)canbesetupfortheinterferinglink.

98

Figure120:SEAMCATinterfacetoselecttheLTEOFDMAmoduleanditsUnwantedEmissionMask(ACLR)valueas
aninterferer(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI).

Figure121:SettinguptheOFDMADLasinterferer.
Notethatonlythesystembandwidthisneededinthisconfiguration(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI).
Note:DependingonthedirectionoftheinterferingOFDMAlinktobesimulated,theusershouldpayattentiontothe
emissionbandwidthoftheunwantedemissionmaskandthesystembandwidth.
- WhenaDLsimulationisconsidered,theunwantedemissionmaskcorrespondstotheBStransmittingoverall
theRBs(i.e.theemissionbandwidthisthesameastheSystemBandwidthinputfromFigure121)
- WhenaULisconsidered,theunwantedemissionmaskcorrespondstotheUEtransmittingoveranumberof
RBs(i.e.theemissionbandwidthisequaltotheRBbandwidthxNumberofRBs,whilethesystembandwidth
isequaltothetotalRBsxRBbandwidth)

99
Figure121presentsthesetupoftheOFDMADLasaninterferer.Notethatonlythesystembandwidthisneededin
this configuration. The rest of the tabs are not displayed in this handbook since they are the same as for the Victim
link.
WhentheDLisselectedasinterferertheGeneral,LinkSpecificandPositioningtabisactivatedinordertospeedup
thesimulation(seesection11.2).

Figure 122 presents the interface to select the characteristics of the interferers to the victim. In the case where the
victimsystemisaULOFDMA,thismeansthatanyinterfererhasadegreeapathloss(shadowing)correlationtowards
eachofthesectorsofaBSasdecribedinsection11.3.4.Thiscanbesetupbytheuserwhenselectingthetab#3.Tabs
#1and#2arestandardtabs.

Figure122:SEAMCATinterfacetoselectthecharacteristicsoftheinterfererstothevictim.Thepathlosscorrelation
isonlyactivatedwhenaLTEOFDMAULissimulated(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI).
11.5 Outputparameters
TheresultsoftheOFDMAsimulationaregivenintermsofcapacity/throughputlossoftheOFDMAvictim.Figure123
presentsanoverviewofthesimulationresults.Thewindowhasbeendividedin4areas.
- #1presentstheevolutionoftheachievedbitrateinthereferencecellpersnapshot(orevent),
- #2presentstheevolutionoftheachievedbiterateforthewholesystemperevent.
- #3allowstheusertoextractvariousvectorsforpostanalysis.Thesevectorsarefortheachievedbitrate(with
or without external interference) and the cell capacity (i.e. the number of active users per cell) with or
withoutinterferenceforthereferencecellorthewholesystem.
- #4presentsasummaryoftheaverageofthecapacityandbitratelossexpressedinpercentageforboththe
reference cell and the entire OFDMA network (i.e. the whole system). The percentage calculation is
performedforeachsnapshotandthemeanofthepercentageoverallthesnaphsotsisdeduced.
100

Figure123:OverviewoftheOFDMAsimulationresults(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)

101
12 EXAMPLETETRAMSINTERFERERSTHEBSOFTHEANALOGUEFMPMR
12.1 Scenariooverview
This section provides an example of sharing studies including an analysis of a TETRA MS interfering with an FM BS,
based on the information provided in the ERC Report 104 on Adjacent Band Compatibility Of 400 MHz TETRA And
Analogue FM PMR An Analysis Completed Using MONTE CARLO Based Simulation Tool. This scenario involves a
population of TETRA mobile stations interfering with a victim FM base station as shown in Figure 124. In all of the
simulationsthevictimFMsystemisassumedtohavea7.8kmcellradiuswhichprovidesa90%areaavailability.
TETRA
Mobile Station
Interfering Transmitter
FM
Base Station
Victim Receiver
FM
Mobile Station
Wanted Transmitter
TETRA
Base Station
Wanted Receiver
dRSS
iRSS
7.8km

Figure124:Scenarioofthesimulation
Figure125illustratesthebandplanassumedforthisinvestigation.2MHzofspectrumhasbeenallocatedtotheup
linkofTETRAanddirectlyadjacenttothis,2MHzhasbeenallocatedtoFM.
FM BS
RX
410 412
TETRA
MS TX
414 MHz

Figure125:BandallocationsofTETRAMSandFMBSsystems
ThepurposeofthisexampleofsimulationistouseSEAMCATtoobtaintheprobabilityofinterferenceresultingfrom
unwantedemissionsoftheTETRAMobileStationsfallingatthefrequencywheretheFMBaseStationisoperating.
102
12.2 Characteristicsofthesystems
12.2.1 VictimlinkcharacteristicsFM
The victim FM system is assumed to have a 7.8 km cell radius which provides a 90% area availability. The reception
bandwidth of the FM BS victim receiver is equal to 8 kHz. Based on information provided in ERC Report 104 for FM
systembasedon12.5kHzchannelspacing,thefollowingcharacteristicsareusedtodescribetheFMequipment:

Parameter
MobileStation BaseStation
ChannelSpacing
12.5kHz
12.5kHz
TransmitPower 37dBm 44dBm
ReceiverBandwidth
8kHz 8kHz
AntennaHeight
1.5m 30m
AntennaGain
0dBi 9dBi
ActiveInterfererDensityRange
Variable
Variable
ReceiverSensitivity 107dBm
110dBm
ReceiverProtectionCriterion(C/I) 21dB 21dB
PowerControlCharacteristic Notused Notused
Table14:Parametersassumedfor12.5kHzFMsystems
Note1:Thisexerciseassumesthatthethermalnoise(N)issmallcomparedtotheinterferingsignal(I).
Note2:TheNoiseFloorcanbeobtainedusingthefollowingequation(seeERCReport68[7]):

NoiseFloor=SensitivityReceiverProtectionRatio

FrequencyOffset BaseStation
Anyfrequency 23dBm
Table15:Receiverblockingfor12.5kHzFMsystems
12.2.2 InterferinglinkcharacteristicsTETRA
TheinterferingTETRAsystemisassumedtohavea18kHzemissionbandwidthandachannelspacingwhichisequal
to25kHz.Thedistributionintermsoffrequencyuseoverthe2MHzbandistaken asauniformdistribution,where
each channel is being assigned the same probability. Based on information provided in ERC Report 104 for TETRA
systembasedon25kHzchannelspacing,thefollowingcharacteristicsareusedtodescribetheTETRAequipments:

103
Parameter MobileStation
BaseStation
ChannelSpacing
25kHz 25kHz
TransmitPower
30dBm 40dBm
ReceiverBandwidth
18kHz 18kHz
AntennaHeight
1.5m 30m
AntennaGain
0dBi 11dBi
ActiveInterfererDensity
Range
Variable Variable
ReceiverSensitivity 103dBm 106dBm
ReceiverProtection
Criterion(C/I)
19dB 19dB
PowerControl
Characteristic
5dBstepstoamaximumof15
dB.Threshold=86dBm
Notused
Table16:ParametersusedtomodeltheTETRAsystems

FrequencyOffset 30dBmMobile
Station
Attenuationin
dBc
25kHz
30dBm 60
50kHz
36dBm 66
75kHz
36dBm 66
100250kHz
45dBm 75
250500kHz
50dBm 80
>500kHz
2

70dBm 100
Table17:UnwantedemissionsforTETRAsystems(measurementbandwidthof18kHz)(interferingtransmitter)
12.3 Assumptions
Starting from the characteristics provided above, some reference hypothesis mightbe used to obtain a first set of
results.
12.3.1 DistributionoftheMobileStations(MS)andpropagationmodel
It is assumed that all mobile stations are located uniformly distributed in the areas around their base stations. For
worstcaseconsiderationaruralareamaybeassumed.
12.3.2 TETRAnetwork
A2MHzbandisavailableforTETRAsystemsof25kHzchannelspacing,thereforeatotalof80channelsareavailable.
ItissupposedthatonlyoneTETRAMSterminalmayusethesamefrequencyatagiventime.
The frequency cluster is taken equal to 9, this leads to have 80/9 = 8.88 frequency per cell available. Then up to 9
terminalsmaybedeployedinaTETRAcell.
If the TETRA cell is a traffic limited network and the density of terminals is equal to 5terminals per km, then the
coverageradiusisgivenbythefollowingformula(seeERCReport68orUserDocumentation):

2
Thelevelofunwantedemissionsissupposedtobeconstantforfrequencyoffsethigherthan500kHz
104
frequency max
nnel userpercha channels
wt
max
cluster dens
n n
R
t
=
Theradiusofthecelloftheinterferingsystemisgivenby
R=sqrt((80*1)/(3.14*5*9))=0.7523km.
Figure126describesaTETRAnetworkbasedontheaboveassumptions.
f1f9
f10f18
f19f27
f37f45
f73f80
f55f63
f46f54
f28f36
f64f72
TETRA
Based Station
f1f9
TETRA
Mobile Station
f1f9
f10f18
f19f27
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
l
u
s
t
e
r

o
f

9
R=0.7523km

Figure126:TETRAnetworkbasedontheseassumptions
12.3.3 Interferencesituation
As a worst case assumption, we may suppose that, the FM BS station will be based in the TETRA cell where the
channel (411.9875 MHz) operating close to the edge of the TETRA band is used. The same probability is assigned to
eachchannelavailableintheTETRAcell.Thenthefrequencyplaninthiscellstartsfrom410.0125MHzupto411.9875
MHzwithastepof25kHzx9.Adiscreteuniformdistributionforfrequencycanbeselected,e.g.,between410.0125
MHzand411.9875MHzhavingastepof25kHz(seeAnnex8foradescriptionofthediscreteuniformdistribution).
Ifthereisnospatialcorrelationbetweentheelementsofthevictimsystemandtheelementsoftheinterferingsystem
thenthesimulationradiusofthesimulationisgivenbytheformula:
simu
R =radiusoftheareawhereinterferersareuniformlyspread
active
it
active
simu
dens
n
R
t
=
Wehavetoconsider9activeinterfererswithadensityof5terminals/km.Thentheradiusofsimulationarearesults
in:
R=sqrt(9/(3.14x5))=0.7569km.
TheFMBaseStation,whichisthevictimreceiver,issupposedtobeoperatingat412.00625MHz,thatisthecentreof
thefirstchannel,i.e.noguardintervalisassumed.
12.3.4 Emissionmask
Thetotalemissionoftheinterferingtransmitterconsistsof
105
- the wanted signal within the defined bandwidth corresponding to a frequency offset of 50 % of the emission
bandwidthIt
BW

- theoutofbandemissioncausedbythemodulationwithin,e.g.50...250%ofIt
BW

- thespuriousemissionoutsidetheseranges.
Thismeansthemasktobedefinedhastocoverthiswholerange.Thisallowscochannelconsiderationaswell.
ItshouldbenotedthattheTETRAMSunwantedemissionsmaskisnotdefinedforfrequencyoffsetsbelow12.5kHz.
Considering the channel spacing of 25 kHz and assuming 0 dBc/18 kHz in that range, then in the undefined range
between12.5and25kHz,alinearinterpolationbetween0and60dBcattenuationwillbeperformed.Itshouldalso
be taken into account that the reference bandwidth (18 kHz) used for the mask is identical to the bandwidth of the
interferingsystem(seeAnnex5).
12.4 Probabilityofinterference
Based on the above assumptions the probability of interference (C/I criteria and unwanted emissions + blocking are
takenintoaccount)isabout1.1%whenthePCisonandabout8.1%whenthePCisoff.
106
107
12.5 StepbystepExercise
Inthischapter,onlythenecessaryinputsarementioned.Allotherparametersarenotrequired.

Definitionoftheworkspace,name:"TETRAPMR"
12.5.1 Victimlink/General
- Reference: PMR
- Frequency:.........MHz(channelspacing)
- Usewantedtransmitter:yes
12.5.2 VictimReceiver
General
- Reference: PMRBS
- C/I: ...dB (ifonlyC/I,C/(N+I)and(I+N)/Narenot
required)
- C/(I+N) ...dB (C/(N+I)requiredonlyfor
selectedBlockingMode)
- Noisefloor: 131dBm,constant(=SensitivityC/I)
- Blockingresponse: 23dB,constant
- Blockingmode: Sensitivity
- Sensitivity: .....dBm
- Bandwidthreceiver:......kHz
- Antennaheight: ...m,constant
- Antennaazimuth: 0...360deg,uniform
- Antennaelevation: 0deg,constant (horizontal
direction)

Antenna
- Reference: PMRBS
- Description: Omnidirectional
- Maximumgain: ....dBi
12.5.3 WantedTransmitter
General
- Reference: PMRMS
- Power: ......dBm,constant
- Antennaheight: 1.5m,constant
- Antennaazimuth: 0...360degrees,uniform
- Antennaelevation: 0degrees,constant
(horizontaldirection)

Antenna
- Reference: PMRMS
- Description: Omnidirectional
- Maximumgain: .....dBi
12.5.4 WtVrpath
Coverageradius
- Computationofthecellradius:Userdefinedradius
- Fixedradius: .....km
- Correlation: No (forWtVr)
- Radiopathlength: uniformpolar(DistanceVr:
(0...1)*cellradius)
- PathAzimuthVr: 0...360deg,uniform

Propagationmodel
- Model: Hata
- MedianLoss:Yes
- Variation: Yes
- Environment: RURAL (resultsinlowestpath
attenuation)
- ...atWt: OUTDOOR
- ...atVr: OUTDOOR
- Propagation: ABOVEROOF (causedby
30mBSAntennaheight)
12.5.5 Interferinglink1/General
- Reference: TETRAPMRILK1
- Frequency: .................................MHz,
uniform
12.5.6 InterferingTransmitter
General
- Reference: TETRAMS
- Transmittingpower: 30dBm,constant

- Unwantedmask: OffsetinMHz,powerindBc
referredtoReferencebandwidth
10.0000100.0000 18.0000
0.5010100.0000 18.0000
0.500080.0000 18.0000
0.251080.0000 18.0000
0.250075.0000 18.0000
0.100075.0000 18.0000
0.075066.0000 18.0000
0.050066.0000 18.0000
0.025060.0000 18.0000
0.01250.0000 18.0000
0.01250.0000 18.0000
0.0250 60.0000 18.0000
0.050066.0000 18.0000
0.075066.0000 18.0000
0.100075.0000 18.0000
0.250075.0000 18.0000
0.251080.0000 18.0000
0.500080.0000 18.0000
0.5010100.0000 18.0000
10.0000100.0000 18.0000
- Unwantedemissionfloor: NO
- Transmittingbandwidth: ....kHz
(Bandwidth<channel)
- Referencebandwidth: ....kHz
- PowerControl: YES
- PCStep: ...dB
- Minimalreceivedpower: ....dBm
- Maximumreceivedpower: ....dBm
- Antennaheight: 1.5m,constant
- Antennaazimuth: 0...360degrees,uniform
- Antennaelevation: 0degrees,constant
(horizontaldirection)

Powercontrol(atreceiver)
- Powercontrolstep: .....dB
- Minthreshold: .....dBm
- Dynamicrange: .....dBm

Antenna
- Reference: TETRAMS
- Description: Omnidirectional
- Maximumgain: 0dBi
12.5.7 WantedReceiver(onlyforpowercontrol)
General
- Reference: TETRABS
- Antennaheight: 30m,constant
- Antennaazimuth: 0...360degrees,uniform
- Antennaelevation: 0degrees,constant
(horizontaldirection)

Antenna
- Reference: TETRABS
- Description: Omnidirectional
- Maximumgain: dBi
12.5.8 ItVrpath
Relativelocation
- Correlationmode: Uniformdensity
- PathAzimuthVr: 0...360degrees,uniform
- Numberofactiveinterferers:.....
- Densityofactiveinterferers: ....users/km
- Probabilityoftransmission:1(transmits
permanently)
- Activityperhour:1(transmitspermanently)
- Protectiondistance: 0km

Propagationmodel
- Model: ....................
- MedianLoss:Yes
- Variation: Yes
- Environment: RURAL
- ...atWt: OUTDOOR
- ...atVr: OUTDOOR
- Propagation:ABOVEROOF
12.5.9 ItWrpath(onlyforpowercontrol!)

Computationoftheradiocoverageoftheinterferer
- Correlation: No (forItWr)
- Mode: Trafficlimitednetwork
- Densityofinterferers:....users/km
- Numberofchannels: ....
- Numberofuserperchannel: 1users/ch
- Frequencycluster: ....
- PathdistanceFactor: uniformpolar(Distance:
(0...1)*cellradius)
- PathAzimuth:0...360degrees,uniform
108

Propagationmodel
- Model: ....................
- MedianLoss:Yes
- Variation: Yes
- Environment: RURAL
- ...atWt: OUTDOOR
- ...atVr: OUTDOOR
- Propagation:ABOVEROOF
12.5.10 Simulationcontrol/Eventgeneration
- Numberofsamples: 20000
(Default:20000)
12.5.11 Testofthesimulation
Calculatedradius
- Cellradiusofthewantedsystem: .km
- ..interferingsystem1: .km
- ..simulationradius1: .km

GeneratedSignals
PCon
- dRSS:mean: .dBm,std:.dB
- iRSS
unwanted
:mean:.dBm,std:.dB
- iRSS
blocking
:mean:.dBm,std:.dB
PCoff
- dRSS:mean: .dBm,std:.dB
- iRSS
unwanted
:mean:.dBm,std:.dB
- iRSS
blocking
:mean:.dBm,std:.dB
12.5.12 Interferencecalculation/ICEcalculation
- InterferenceCriteria: C/I
- Compatibilitymode: Yes(Probabilityof
interference)
- Unwantedemissions:Yes
- Blocking" Yes
12.5.13 Result
Probability: . (=.%)

Note:SeetheanswerstothisexerciseinAnnex19onp.212.
109
Annex1 :EGEInputParameters
This annex lists all the inputparameters in SEAMCAT user interface, required to setup a simulation scenario. It also
explains the use of these parameters in SEAMCAT calculations, where appropriate. The symbols and formatting
conventions S means that the input value is in scalar form, D is a distribution and F is a function as a set of
corresponding(X,Y)valuepairs.
A.1.1 WindowVictimlink/General

Figure127:Victimlink/Generaldialogbox
Page Description Symbol Type Unit
Comments
Name:nameofthevictim
link

Description:commentson
thelink

Victimreceiver:
Callareceiveralreadydefinedinthe
Library,otherwisetypetheinputsdirectly.
Wantedtransmitter:
chooseatransmitter
alreadydefinedinthe
library

IfWantedtransmitterischecked:
- Callatransmitteralreadydefinedinthe
Library otherwise type the input
directly.
- dRSS is calculated taking into account
alltheVictimlinkparameters.
UserdefineddRSS:
defineadistributionofthe
desiredReceivedSignal
Strength

SeeAnnex3forfurther
details.
dRSS DorS(if
constant)
dBm/Vr
reception
bandwidth.
IfUserdefineddRSSischecked:
- theuserdefinesthedRSSdistribution.
- tabsheets Wanted transmitter and
WttoVrPathdisappear.
- The Power control max threshold
optionisnotavailableinthiscaseinthe
Victimreceivertabsheet.
p.33 Frequency
f
wt
DorS MHz
Distributionofthecentrefrequencyofthe
victimlink
p.80 VictimsystemisCDMA
system

Selectableswitch
p.
147
CDMAvictimReceiver
BlockingAttenuation
F
OnlyactiveifCDMAisenabled
Table18:Victimlink/general
110
A.1.2 WindowVictimlink/Victimreceiver
A.1.2.1 TabsheetVictimlink/Victimreceiver/General

Figure128:Victimlink/Victimreceiver/Generaldialogbox
page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Name:nameofthevictim
receiver

Description:comments
onthereceiver

p.32 Antennaheight
h DorS m
SeeAnnex9
p.153 Antennaazimuth:
Antennaalignment
horizontaltolerance
o
H
DorS
degree ThisistheanglebetweentheVrmainbeam
andthedirectiontoWt.E.g.ifantenna
azimuth=0,theVrandWtantennasare
strictlyalignedinthehorizontalplane,see
Annex9
Antennaelevation:
Antennaalignment
verticaltolerance
o
V
DorS
degree ThisistheverticalanglebetweentheVr
mainbeamandthedirectiontowardsWt.
E.g.ifantennaelevation=0,theVrandWt
antennasarestrictlyalignedinthevertical
plane,seeAnnex9onp.153.
p.32 Noisefloor:definea
distributionofthenoise
floor
N DorS
dBm Distributionofthestrengthofthenoise
floor.Thisparametersisusedforthe
probabilitycalculationwhenthecriteriais
C/(N+I)or(N+I)/N.

Example:SoforaNoisefloorof105
111
dBm/MHzandaBW=5MHz,theuser
shouldinput105+10*log(5)=98dBm
p.51 Blockingresponse:
Receiverfrequency
response(receiver
blockingperformance)
blocking F
(MHz)
dBmordB
depend.on
mode
Receivermaskattenuation(positiveor
negativevaluesdependingonthechosen
blockingmode,seebelow)versus
frequency,seeAnnex6onp.142.
pp.52
53
Blockingattenuation
mode
SeeAnnex6onp.142.

Calculationmodeoftheofthereceiver
attenuation,seeAnnex6:
- Userdefined: the attenuation due to
the receiver selectivity is the blocking
mask. In this case, the blocking
response is in dB (so input positive
values).
- Protection ratio: the attenuation of the
receiver is 3+C/(N+I)+Blocking mask. In
thiscase,theblockingresponseisindB
(Soinputpositiveornegativevalues).
- Sensitivity:theuserinputstheBlocking
maskindBmwhichisthemaximum
acceptableinterferingpower
(dBm).Theattenuationofthereceiver
isC/(N+I)+Blockingmask(dBm)
Sensitivity.

Intermodulation
rejection:
Intermodulationresponse
(intermodulation
interference)
intermod F
(MHz)
dB
Receivermaskattheintermodulation
frequency.SeeAnnex4onp.133.
Receivepowerdynamic
range
SeeAnnex11
Pc
max
S dB
Maximumrangeofthereceivepowerthat
Victimreceivercanaccept,intermsofthe
maximumreceivepowerovertheVrs
sensitivitythreshold.
IfthetrialleddRSSvalueexceeds
(sens+Pc
max
),thedRSSissettothelatter
value.
p.52 Sensitivity
SeeAnnexA.6.5onp.146
sens S
dBm/Vr
reception
bandwidth
Sensitivityofthereceiver.
p.32 Receptionbandwidth:
Operatingbandwidth
B S kHz
Bandwidthofthereceiver.
p.32 Interferencecriteria:C/I
orC/(N+I)or(N+I)/Nor
I/N
C/Ior
C/(N+I)
or
(N+I)/N
orI/N
S dB
Theuserdefinesatleastoneofthese
criteria.(C/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/N).Then,
theuserwillchooseoneofthesecriteriafor
eachinterferenceprobabilitycalculation.
SEAMCATperformsaconsistencychecking
betweentheinterferencecriteria.See
A.16.1onp.201.
Table19:Victimlink/Victimreceiver/General
A.1.2.2 TabsheetVictimlink/Victimreceiver/Antenna
SeeA.9.3onp.155.
112
A.1.3 WindowVictimlink/Wantedtransmitter
A.1.3.1 TabsheetVictimlink/Wantedtransmitter/General

Figure129:Victimlink/Wantedtransmitter/Generaldialogbox
page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Name:nameofthevictim
link

Description:commentson
thelink

p.33 Powerdistribution:Power
supplied
P SorD dBm/Vr
reception
bandwidth

p.33
p.153
Antennaheight h
wt
SorD m
SeeAnnex9.
p.153 Antennaazimuth:Antenna
alignmenthorizontal
tolerance
o
H
wt
SorD degree
ThisistheanglebetweentheWtmainbeam
andthedirectiontowardsVr.E.g.ifantenna
azimuth=0,theVrandWtantennasare
strictlyalignedinthehorizontalplane.See
Annex9.
p.153 Antennaelevation:
Antennaalignmentvertical
tolerance
o
V
wt
SorD degree
ThisistheverticalanglebetweentheWt
mainbeamandthealigneddirection
towardsVr.E.g.ifantennaelevation=0,the
VrandWtantennasarestrictlyalignedin
verticalplane.SeeAnnex9.
Table20:Victimlink/Wantedtransmitter/General
A.1.3.2 TabsheetVictimlink/Wantedtransmitter/Antenna
SeeA.9.3onp.155.
113
A.1.4 WindowVictimlink/WantedtransmittertoVictimreceiver
A.1.4.1 TabsheetVictimlink/WttoVr/Relativelocation

TheSEAMCATusercanselecteithertheCorrelationortheUncorrelatedcase
- Correlation case: position between the victim pair of transmitter and receiver is defined using Cartesian
coordinates.

Figure130:Victimlink/WttoVr/Relativelocationcorrelationdialogbox

page Description
Symbol Type Unit Comments
p.34 Correlationdistance
Checked
p.34 DeltaX,deltaY
XY S km Distancebetweenthetransmitterand
receiverintheVictimlink.
Table21:VictimLink/WtVrcorrelationcase
- Uncorrelated case: A coverage radius is calculated. Three different modes are available for calculating the
maximumradiusR
wt
max
(seeAnnex10).TheVictimreceiverwillberandomlydeployedwithintheareacentredon
theWantedtransmitteranddelimitedbythemaximumradiusR
wt
max
.

Figure131:Victimlink/WttoVr/Relativelocationuncorrelateddialogbox

page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments

p.57 Correlationdistance Unchecked
114
p.57 Pathazimuth DorS Deg HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheVrrespect
totheWt,seeAnnexA.9.2.
Ifconstant,theVrslocationwillbeonastraight
line.Ifnot,thelocationoftheVrwillbeonan
angulararea.
p.57 Pathdistancefactor DorS Distancefactortodescribepathlengthbetween
theWtandtheVr.Thisfactorwillbemultipliedby
R
wt
max
toobtainthecoveragearea.
Therefore,thetraileddistancebetweenWtandVr
willbeR
wt
max
*Pathfactor.E.g.ifuserentersa
distribution01,thenthedistancewillbe
between0andR
wt
max
.
Ifthepathfactorisconstant,theVrwillbelocated
onacirclearoundtheWt.
p.157 Coverageradius
calculationmode
Threedifferentmodesofcalculationofthe
coverageradiusR
wt
max
ofagivensystem,see
Annex10.
Theusershouldchecktheconsistencyofthis
parameterwiththesensitivity,sothatifareceiver
isplacedatgivendistancesuchasthemaximum
coverageradius,thereceivedpowerishigherthan
theSensitivityforareasonablepercentageoftime
(availability).
Table22:VictimLink/WtVr/Uncorrelatedcase
A.1.4.2 TabsheetVictimlink/WttoVr/Propagationmodel
The second tab sheet is used for selection of the propagation model. Choose a propagation model by consulting
Annex15.
A.1.5 WindowInterferingLink/General
SeeFigure29onpage40onhowtogetthewindowbelow.

Figure132:InterferingLink/Generaldialogbox

page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments

Name:nameofthe
interferinglink

115
Description:commentson
thelink

Interferingtransmitter:
chooseinthemenua
transmitteralready
definedinthelibrary
CallatransmitteralreadydefinedintheLibrary,
otherwisetypetheinputsdirectly.
Wantedreceiver:choose
inthemenuareceiver
alreadydefineinthe
library
CallareceiveralreadydefinedintheLibrary,
otherwisetypetheinputsdirectly.
p.40 Frequency:Distributionof
thefrequencyofthe
interferinglink
DorS MHz Distributionofthecentrefrequencyofthe
interfererbandwidth.
p.80 InterfererisaCDMA
System
Selectableswitch
p.140 CDMAUnwanted
emissionsmask
F
Table23:Interferinglink/general
A.1.6 WindowInterferingLink/Interferingtransmitter
A.1.6.1 TabsheetInterferinglink/Interferingtransmitter/General

Figure133:Interferinglink/Interferingtransmitter/Generaldialogbox
116

page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments

Name:nameofthe
interferingtransmitter

Description:commentson
thetransmitter

p.41 Antennaheight h SorD m SeeAnnex9onp.153
Antennaazimuth:Antenna
alignmenthorizontal
tolerance
o
H
DorS degree
ThisistheanglebetweentheItmainbeamand
thedirectiontowardsWr.E.g.ifantenna
azimuth=0,theItandWrantennasarealigned
inhorizontalplane,seeAnnex9onp.153.
Antennaelevation:
Antennaalignmentvertical
tolerance
o
V
DorS degree
ThisistheverticalanglebetweentheItmain
beamandthealigneddirectiontowardsWr.
E.g.ifantennaelevation=0,theItandWr
antennasarealignedinverticalplane,see
Annex9onp.153.
p.41 Power:definea
distributionofthe
transmitterpower.
DorS dBm
Interferingtransmittersoutputpowerinthe
emissionbandwidth.
p.50 Emissionmask:Unwanted
signallevel(Transmitting
mask)
emission_
rel(f)
F(MHz) dBc/
reference
bandw.
(MHz)
Definethemaskofthetransmitter,inthe
emissionbandwidthandoutoftheemission
bandwidth.
Negativevaluesintherelativemaskshouldbe
choseninawaythattheintegrationoverthe
emissionbandwidthresultsinthetotalemitted
power,seeAnnex5onp.134.
Ifconstantmask,thereisnoemissionoutside
ofthebandwidth.
p.136 Unwantedemissionsfloor:
Noisefloorsignallevel
emission_
floor(f)
F(MHz) dBm/
reference
bandw.
(MHz)
Definetheminimumstrengthoftheunwanted
emissions.
SotheunwantedemissionsequaltoMax(Pit+
Pcontrol+Unwantedemission,Unwanted
emissionsfloor)(seeAnnex5onp.134.)
p.67
p.162
Powercontrol IfPowercontrolischecked,the3following
parametershavetobedefined.
ThisPowercontrolisusedtolimittheoutput
powerofthetransmitter,seeAnnex11on
p.161.
p.67 Powercontrolstepsize PC
step
S dB
p.67 Minthreshold PC
threshold
S dBm/
emission
bandw.
Ifthereceivedpowerislowerthanthis
threshold,thennopowercontroltakesplace
p.67 Dynamicrange PC
dyn
S dB IfthereceivedpowerishigherthanPc
treshold+
Pc
dyn
thenthefullpowercontroltakesplace,
i.e.thepowerisdecreasedbyPc
dyn

Table24:Interferinglink/Interferingtransmitter
A.1.6.2 TabsheetInterferinglink/Interferingtransmitter/Antenna
SeeA.9.3onp.155.
117
A.1.7 WindowInterferingLink/Wantedreceiver
A.1.7.1 TabsheetInterferinglink/Wantedreceiver/General

Figure134:Interferinglink/Wantedreceiver/Generaldialogbox

page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments

Name:nameofthewanted
receiver

Description:comments
Antennaheight
h
wt
SorD m SeeAnnex9onp.153.
Antennaazimuth:Antenna
alignmenthorizontal
tolerance
o
H
wt
SorD degre
e
ThisistheanglebetweentheWrmainbeamand
thedirectiontowardsIt.E.g.ifantennaazimuth=0,
theWrandItantennasarealignedinthehorizontal
plane,seeAnnex9onp.153.
Antennaelevation:
Antennaalignmentvertical
tolerance
o
V
wt
S degre
e
ThisistheverticalanglebetweentheWrmain
beamandthealigneddirectiontowardsIt.E.g.if
antennaelevation=0,theWrandItantennasare
strictlyalignedinverticalplane,seeAnnex9onp.
153.
Sensitivity S dBm

Table25:Interferinglink/Interferingtransmitter
A.1.7.2 TabsheetInterferinglink/Wantedreceiver/Antenna

SeeA.9.3onp.155.

118
A.1.8 WindowInterferingLink/ItWrpath
A.1.8.1 TabsheetInterferinglink/ItWrpath/Relativelocation

TheSEAMCATusercanselecteithertheCorrelationortheUncorrelatedcase
- Correlation case: position between the interfering pair of transmitter and receiver is defined using Cartesian
coordinates.

Figure135:Interferinglink/ItWrpath/Relativelocationcorrelateddialogbox

page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments

Correlationdistance Checked
DeltaX,deltaY XY S km Distancebetweenthetransmitterandreceiverin
theinterferinglink.
Table26:InterferingLink/ItWrpath/Correlatedcase
- Uncorrelated case: A coverage radius is calculated. Three different modes are available for calculating the
maximumradius R
it
max
(seeAnnex10onp.157).TheWantedreceiverwillberandomlydeployedwithinthearea
centredontheInterferingtransmitterandlimitedbythemaximumradius R
it
max
.

Figure136:Interferinglink/ItWrpath/Relativelocationuncorrelateddialogbox
119

page Description Symbol Type Unit

Comments
Correlationdistance
Unchecked
Pathazimuth DorS Degrees HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheWr
respecttotheIt,seeAnnexA.9.2.
Ifconstant,theWrslocationwillbeona
straightline.Ifnot,thelocationoftheWrwill
beonanangulararea.
Pathdistancefactor DorS Distancefactortodescribepathlengthbetween
theItandtheWr.Thisfactorwillbemultiplied
by toobtainthecoveragearea. R
it
max
Therefore,thetrialleddistancebetweenItand
Wrwillbe *Pathfactor.E.g.ifuserenters
adistribution01,thenthedistancewillbe
between0and .
R
it
max
R
it
max
Ifthepathfactorisconstant,theWrwillbe
locatedonacirclearoundtheIt.
Coverageradius
calculationmode

Threedifferentmodesofcalculationofthe
coverageradiusareavailable,asdescribedin
Annex10onp.157.
Howeverthenoiselimitednetworkoptionis
notavailableforthislink,duetothefactthat
thesensitivityofthewantedreceiverisnot
defined.
Theusershouldchecktheconsistencyofthis
parameterwiththesensitivity,sothatifa
receiverisplacedatgivendistancesuchasthe
maximumcoverageradius,thereceivedpower
ishigherthantheSensitivityforareasonable
percentageoftime(availability).
Table27:InterferingLink/ItWrpath/Uncorrelatedcase
A.1.8.2 TabsheetInterferinglink/ItWrpath/PropagationModel

Thesecondtabsheetisusedforselectionofthepropagationmodel.Chooseapropagationmodelbyconsulting
Annex15onp.183.
120
A.1.9 WindowInterferingLink/ItVrpath
A.1.9.1 TabsheetInterferinglink/ItVrpath/Relativelocation
TheSEAMCATusercanselectseveraloptionstodefinethelocationoftheItwithrespecttotheVr.
- None
TheUserdefinesdirectlythesimulationradiusandadistributiondescribingthewaytospreadtheinterferersaround
the victim. Then d itvr is a result of a trial: d itvr = R
simu
x T where T represents a trial from a given distribution
(Annex8).

Figure137:Interferinglink/ItVrpath/Relativelocationnonedialogbox
page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Mode:none
Pathazimuth DorS Deg HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheItrespecttotheVr,
seeAnnexA.9.2.
Ifconstant,theItslocationwillbeonastraightline.Ifnot,
thelocationoftheItwillbeonanangulararea.
Pathdistance
factor
DorS

DistancefactortodescribepathlengthbetweentheItandVr.
ThisfactorwillbemultipliedbyR
simu
toobtainthecoverage
area.Therefore,thetrialleddistancebetweenItandVrwillbe
R
simu
*Pathfactor.E.g.ifuserentersadistribution01,then
thedistancewillbebetween0andR
simu
.
Ifthepathfactorisconstant,theItwillbelocatedonacircle
aroundtheVrwhichmeansthatthedistancebetweentheIt
andVrwillnotchange
p.59 Simulation
radius
R
simu
km Userdefined
p.59 Numberof
active
transmitter
n
active
S Ifn
active
>1,thiswillresultinspatiallyindependentgeneration
ofthespecifiednumberofIts,whereastheresultingtotaliRSS
strengthwillbeobtainedbysimplepowersummationofthe
individualiRSSsignalvalues.
p.73 Colocate Thisfeatureallowsdeployingtwointerferersatthesame
locationandtheirtwotransmitterscouldbetransmittingat
thesametimewhilehavingdifferenttransmitter
characteristics(e.g.emissionmask,antennaradiation
pattern)
Table28:InterferingLink/ItVrpath/noneoption
121
- Uniformdensity:
The user provides the parameters allowing the determination of the simulation radius. Then d itvr is a result of a
trial:
ditvr=R
simu
x T(U(0,1))
R
simu
=radiusoftheareawhereinterferersarespreaddefinedbytheR
simu
whichisdefinedinmoredetailsinA.10.2
onp.159.

Figure138:Interferinglink/ItVrpath/RelativelocationUniformdensitydialogbox

page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Mode:Uniformdensity TheItareuniformlydistributedaroundtheVr
Pathazimuth DorS Deg HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheIt
respecttotheVr,seeAnnexA.9.2.
Ifconstant,theItslocationwillbeonastraight
line.Ifnot,thelocationoftheItwillbeonan
angulararea.
p.62 Numberofactive
transmitter
nactive S numberofactiveinterferersinthesimulation
(nactiveshouldbesufficientlylargesothatthe
(n+1)thinterfererwouldbringanegligible
additionalinterferingpower).
Ifn
active
>1,thiswillresultinspatially
independentgenerationofthespecified
numberofIts,whereastheresultingtotaliRSS
strengthwillbeobtainedbysimplepower
summationoftheindividualiRSSsignalvalues.
p.62 Simulationradius

R
simu
km Note:thesimulationradiusvalueisreadable
onlyaftereachsimulation
p.60 Interferesdensity
seeA.10.2onp.159
Asimulationradiusiscalculated,R
simu
.
Interferingtransmitterswillberandomly
deployedwithintheareacentredontheVictim
receiveranddelimitedbythesimulationradius
R
simu
.IfaprotectionisdefinedthenInterfering
transmitterswillberandomlydeployedwithin
theareacentredintheVictimreceiverand
delimitedbytheprotectiondistanceandthe
simulationradiusR
simu
.
p.73 Colocate SeeTable28
Table29:InterferingLink/ItVrpath/Uniformdensityoption
122
- Closestinterferer:
The influence of the closest interferer can be estimated by having a distance d
itvr
following a Rayleigh distribution
) (o R asdefinedinAnnex8andwheretheparameter o isrelatedtothedensityoftransmitters
active
it
dens t
o
2
1
=
where:

dens dens p activity time
it
active
it it
tx
it
= ( )

Figure139:Interferinglink/ItVrpath/RelativelocationClosestinterfererdialogbox

page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments

Mode:Closestinterferer None
Pathazimuth DorS Deg HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheIt
respecttotheVr.Ifconstant,theItslocation
willbeonastraightline.Ifnot,thelocationof
theItwillbeonanangulararea.
Interferersdensity ThedistancebetweentheVictimreceiverand
theInterferingtransmitterfollowsaRayleigh
distribution,wherethestandarddeviationis
givenby o .SeeA.10.2forinformationonthe
inputparameter.
Table30:InterferingLink/ItVrpath/Closestinterfereroption
- Correlation case: position between two pair of transmitter and receiver is defined using Cartesian coordinates:
Choosebetweendifferentcorrelationmodes:ItVr;ItWt;WrWt;WrVr.
This case deals with the situation where the victim system and the interfering system are geographically correlated
(e.g.colocatedorconstantlyspacedbasestations).

This correlation is assumed to be only between one element (Vr or Wt) of the victim system and one element (It or
Wr)oftheinterferingsystem.
Atrial(ifthedistanceisnotconstant)ofthedistancesandanglesbetweenthetwocorrelatedelementsismade(e.g.
u
wr

vr
, d
wr

vr
). The knowledge of u
it>wr
, d
it

wr
, u
vr

wt
, d
vr

wt
enables to derive the missing coordinates (e.g. u
it

vr
,
d
it

vr
).
123

Figure140:Interferinglink/ItVrpath/RelativelocationCorrelateddialogbox
page Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
p.43 Correlationdistance (ItVr),(ItWt),(WrWt)or(WrVr)
p.43 DeltaX,deltaY XY S km Distancebetweenthetwopairoftransmitter
andreceiver.Thereferencedependsonthe
choiceofcorrelation.
Table31:InterferingLink/ItVrpath/Correlatedcase
A.1.9.2 TabsheetInterferinglink/ItVrpath/PropagationModel
The second tab sheet is used for selection of the propagation model. Choose a propagation model by consulting
Annex15.
A.1.10 Simulationcontrol
SimulationcontrolsettingsareusedtodeterminetherunningtimeoftheEGEofSEAMCAT.Thecontrolsettingsare
calledviamenuoptionWorkspace>SimulationControl,whichproducesthefollowingdialogwindow:


Figure141:Simulationcontroldialogbox
In a normal operation, the user will just set the number of events in the first parameter field (by default it is set to
20,000 events). However, if long simulation times are expected, one might start initial simulations by choosing the
Limitsimulationtimeoption,andthenenteringthemaximumallowedsimulationtimeinminutes.

The final option, Run EGE in debug mode is used for detailed check of the simulation process. When checked, the
SEAMCATEGEwillgeneratealogfilewhereallinterimresultsofsimulationswillbestoredforfurtherinspection(see
AnnexA.16.3forfurtherdetails).
124
Annex2 :ICEControlParameters
A.2.1 ICEGraphicalUserInterface
AftercompletingtheEGEsimulations,itispossibletoproceedwithcalculationofprobabilityofinterference,usingthe
SEAMCAT Interference Calculation Engine (ICE) function. It is the ultimate part of the SEAMCAT architecture when
applied to nonCDMA victim systems. The ICE control parameters are described in this annex. An illustration of the
ICEControldialogwindowispresentedbelow:


Figure142:ICEcontroldialoguebox
125
ID Description Comments
1 Calculationmode/Compatibility:The
resultisaprobabilityofinterference.
Compatibility:Givestheprobabilityofbeinginterferedbythe
Blockinginterferenceand/orbytheUnwantedinterferenceand/or
byintermodulationinterference.
2 Calculationmode/Translations:theresult
isagraph.

Inthiscaseallthefollowingparameters
shouldbeindependentfromfrequencies:
Receiverblockingresponsemask,Receiver
intermodulationrejectionmask,power
distributionofinterferingtransmitter,
Unwantedemissionfloormask.
Calculationoftheprobabilityofinterferenceasafunctionofthe
referenceparameters:
- PowersuppliedbytheItfortheunwanted,
- BlockingresponseleveloftheVrfortheBlocking,
- AndintermodulationrejectionlevelfortheVr.
Theseparametersarevaryingonuserdefineddefinitiondomain
definedbythenumberofpointswherethesoftwarehastocalculate
theprobability.
3 Signaltype Choosetheinterferencestudied:Unwantedand/orBlockingand/or
Intermodulation.
4 Algorithm formerlyknownasComplete1
5 Samples Itrepresentsthenumberofeventstocalculatetheprobabilityfrom.
Theaccuracyoftheprobabilityresultsderivesfromthis
parameters..
6 Interferencecriterion ChoosebetweenC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/N)
7 Translationparameters:Iftranslationwas
chosen
Numberofpointsbetweentheminandmax,wherethesoftware
willcalculatetheprobability.
8 Calculationcontrol Deletearesult,andseethelastresults
9 Result/Compatibility Probabilityofinterference:1alwaysinterfered,0neverinterfered
10 Result/Translation Givesthegraph,showingtheresultingprobabilityofinterferencevs.
theselectedvaluesoftranslationparameter.
Theaverageofthegraphdependsofthenumberofpoints,butthe
higherthenumberis,thelongerthecalculationsare.
Table32:Parameterstocalculatetheprobabilityofinterference
A.2.2 InterferenceCalculationEngineControl
It allows the user to calculate the probability of interference for several ICE configuration (i.e. different signal type,
interferencecriteria,etc..)forthesamesimulation.Figure143presentstwoexamplesonhowthecontrolboxistobe
used. When several ICE configuration are computed, then the user can jump from one to another without
recomputingthembyselectingthefirst,previous,nextandlastbuttons.

(a)

(b)
126

(c)
Figure143:Example(a),(b)and(c)onusingtheInterferenceCalculationEngineControl
A.2.3 InterferenceCalculationEngine
The ICE processes the information gathered by the EGE to calculate the probability of interference. In this engine,
accordingtotheirstatisticalnature,thedataarraysrelatedtotheinterferingmechanism(iRSS
i
)aresummedoverthe
number of active interfering transmitter to build up the data array iRSS
comp
(composite Interfering Received Signal
Strength),whichisusedintheinterferenceprobabilitycalculation.
Thesamplesofwanted(dRSS)andunwanted(iRSS)signalsgeneratedbytheEGE arecomparedagainsttherelevant
signaltonoise criteria (specified in the scenario, such as C/I, C/(I+N), (N+I)/N and I/N) to calculate the actual
probabilityofinterferencewiththeconditionthatthedesiredreceivedsignalstrengthsisgreaterthanthesensitivity
ofthevictimreceiver(dRSS>sens).
An illustration of the summary of the interference criteria computation process is presented in Figure 6 in the
introductionofthehandbook.Thisprobabilitycanbecalculatedforthedifferentinterferencemechanisms.
SEAMCATcalculatestheprobabilityofinterference(p
I
)ofthevictimreceiverasfollows:
p
I
=1-p
NI

werep
NI
istheprobabilityofNonInterference(NI)ofthereceiver.
WhenaC/Icriterionisconsidered,p
NI
isdefinedas:
|
|
.
|

\
|
> > = sens dRSS
I
C
iRSS
dRSS
P p
comp
NI

sincebydefinitionP(A|B)=P(AB)/P(B),p
NI
becomes:

( ) sens dRSS P
sens dRSS
I
C
iRSS
dRSS
P
p
comp
NI
>
|
|
.
|

\
|
> >
=
,

with wherePisthenumberofinterferers(i.e.activetransmitters).

=
=
P
j
j comp
iRSS iRSS
1
NotethattheMonteCarlomethodisappliedindividuallytothenumeratorandtothedenominatoroftheexpression
ofp
NI
.Theresultobtainedisanestimationofp
NI
byusingthefollowingequations(p
NI
):
{ } { }

=
>
=

> >
=
>
=

> >
= =
M
i
sens i dRSS
M
i
sens i dRSS
I
C
i iRSS
i dRSS
M
i
sens i dRSS
M
i
sens i dRSS
I
C
i iRSS
i dRSS
NI
comp comp
M
M
p
1
) (
1
) ( ,
) (
) (
1
) (
1
) ( ,
) (
) (
1
1
1
1
1
1
'
withMthenumberofevents(orsnapshots)andwhere
127
{ }

=
else , 0
satisfied is condition if , 1
1
condition

Similarly,whenaC/(I+N)criterionisconsidered,p
NI
isdefinedas:
( ) sens dRSS P
sens dRSS
N I
C
N iRSS
dRSS
P
p
comp
NI
>
|
|
.
|

\
|
>
+
>
+
=
,

Whena(I+N)/Ncriterionisconsidered,p
NI
isdefinedas:
( ) sens dRSS P
sens dRSS
N
N I
N
N iRSS
P
p
comp
NI
>
|
|
.
|

\
|
>
+
>
+
=
,

WhenaI/Ncriterionisconsidered,p
NI
isdefinedas:
( ) sens dRSS P
sens dRSS
N
I
N
iRSS
P
p
comp
NI
>
|
|
.
|

\
|
> >
=
,

A.2.4 InterferencecriteriaC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/Nrelationship
The user defines protection criteria and chooses one of then when conducting the evaluation of the probability of
interference(C/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/N).SEAMCATperformsaconsistencycheckingbetweentheinterferencecriteria.

Forexample,wemaycalculatethe(N+I)/NwhenweknowthevalueofC/IandC/(N+I).Ifweassumethat:

C/I=19dB C/(N+I)=16dB
Usingtheequation:

+ =
+
+

1 10
1
1 log 10
10
10
I N
C
I
C
N
I N
(1)
Thisgives:
dB
N
I N
3
1 10
1
1 log 10
3 . 0
10
=

+ =
+

Therefore, if the user provides a value for each of these parameters (C/I, C/(N+I) and (N+I)/N), SEAMCAT using the
equation(1)checkstheconsistencyoftheseparameters.
Takingintoaccountthisvalueof(I+N)/Nandusingtheequation:

+ =

+ =

+
=

10
10 10 10
10 1 log 10 1 log 10 log 10
dB
N
I
dB
N
I
N
I N
N
I N
(2)
Considering

+
=

+
=

+
1 10 log 10 1 log 10 log 10 log 10
10
10 10 10 10
dB
N
I N
dB
N
I N
N
N N I
N
I
N
I

and that
128
dB dB dB dB dB
N
C
I N
C
N
C
C
I N
N
I N

+
=

+
=

+

Therefore,thisleadsto

+
=

+
=

+
+

+
1 10 log 10 1 10 log 10 1 10 log 10
1 log 10 log 10 log 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 10 10
dB dB dB
N I
C
I
C
C
I N
I
C
I
I N
dB
dB
N
I
I
I N
I
I I N
I
N
N
I

| | dB
N
I
dB
0 1 10 log 10
3 . 0
10
= =

Therefore,iftheuserprovidesavaluefor(N+I)/NandI/N,SEAMCATusingtheequation(2)checkstheconsistencyof
theseparameters.
ThefollowingdefaultvaluesfortheC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/NandI/Nof19dB,16dB,3dBand0dBrespectivelyavoidthe
displayofawarning.

129
Annex3 :dRSScalculation
Inthisannex,Trepresentsatrialfromagivendistribution(Annex8).

Note:IftheuserwishestounderstandandcheckSEAMCAT,theeasiestwayistousethe
Freespacepropagationmodel,whichmakesmanualcalculationsimple.
A.3.1 BasicalgorithmforcalculationofdRSS
dRSS
calc
=pwtsupplied+gwtvrplwtvr(fvr)+gvrwt

Ifthereceivedsignalcannotexceedagivenvalue,i.e.dependingonthepowercontrolimplementedinthevictim
system):
dRSS=min(dRSS
calc
,dRSS
max
)

Thefollowingvariablesareusedinthepreviousformula:
pwtsupplied=T(Pwtsupplied):powersuppliedtothewantedtransmitterantenna;
plwtvr :pathlossbetweenthewantedtransmitterandthevictimreceiver(propagationlossdependingon
thepropagationmodel,slowfadingandclutterlossestakenintoaccount).Dependingonwhether
thecriteriaofinterferencewillapplyto:
- theinstantaneousdRSS,thepathlosswillbedifferentforeachtrial:
plwtvr=fpropag(fvr,hvr,hwt,dvrwt,env)=L+T(Dv)
wherefpropag=propagationmodel(bothmedianlossandvariationselectedinpropagation
modelselectiontabsheet)
- themeandRSS,themeanpathlosswillbeassumed(thesameforalltrials):
plwtvr=fmedian(fvr,hvr,hwt,dvrwt,env)=L
wherefmedian=propagationmodel(onlymedianlossselectedinthemodeltabsheet)
) (
vr vr
f T f = :ThefrequencyofVr,itcanbesetconstantordefinedbyacertaindistribution,e.g.the"discrete
frequencydistribution".
hvr=T(Hvr) :victimreceiverantennaheight,e.g.:
hvr=T(U(hvrmin,hvrmax))=hvrmin+(hvrmaxhvrmin)T(U(0,1))
hwt T(Hwt) :wantedtransmitterantennaheight,e.g.:
hwt=T(U(hwtmin,hwtmax))=hwtmin+(hwtmaxhwtmin)T(U(0,1))
env :environmenttype,asimplementedintheselectedmodel(urban,rural,outdoor,indoor.)
dwtvr=T(R
wt
max
)distancebetweentheVrandtheWt,itiscalculatedthroughmultiplyingatrialleddistance
distributionfactorbythecoverageradius ( )
wt
vr wt vr wt R D T d max = ,e.g.:
dwtvr=R
wt
max
xT(U(0,1))
R
wt
max
radiusoftheWtcoverage.
ThreedifferentchoicesforcalculationofR
wt
max
arepossible(seeAnnexA.10.1):

Theazimutho
vrwt
oftheWtVrpath(seeAnnexA.9.2)iscalculatedtroughatrialaccordingtothedefined
distribution:
( )
vr wt vr wt
A T

= o
ThentherelativepositioningofthepairoftransmitterandreceiverofthevictimlinkiniscalculatedinCartesian
coordinates.Relativepositioningisalwaysexpressedrelativelytothetransmitter.
A
A
X d
Y d
wt vr vr wt vr wt
wt vr vr wt vr wt
/
/
cos( )
sin( )
=
=


o
o

130
Consequently,assumingthatoneofthetwopairoftransmitterandreceiverisfixed,itisthenpossibletousethe
relativepositioningtodeterminetheabsolutelocationofthesecondpairoftransmitterandreceiver.
gwtvr=f(gwtmax,patternwt)=gwtmaxpatternwt(uwtvr,mwtvr,fvr)Wtantennagaininthedirection
ofVr,withgwtmaxmaximumantennagainoftheWt.
pattern
wt
=Wtsnormalisedantennapatternwithinoperatingbandwidth.

(uwtvr,mwtvr)=azimuthandelevation(thelatterwhensphericalantennapatternisdefined)anglesfromthe
WtantennatowardstheVrantenna.
gvrwt=f(gvrmax,patternvr)=gvrmaxxpatternvr(uwtvr+,mwtvr,fvr)VrantennagaintowardsWt.
A.3.2 CaseoffixedpositionsforVrandWt(correlateddistance)
InthiscasethepositionsofVrandWtarefixed.Theuserdefinesthedistancebetweenthetransmitterandreceiverin
the Victim link by defining the difference of location in term of Cartesian coordinates (Delta X and Delta Y) . In this
case the dRSS is calculated using the main algorithm described in section 1.1 above, but appropriate changes are
madetothecalculationofmutualpositioningofVrandWt,becauseofitbeingfixed
A.3.3 CaseofuserdefineddRSS
TheconstantvalueordistributionofdRSSmaybedefinedbytheuserintheVictimLinkscenariowindowbyselecting
user defined dRSS (see Annex 1 in section A.1.1). In this case the SEAMCAT EGE skips algorithms for calculation of
dRSSandproceedsdirectlytocalculationofiRSS.
Note:SkippingthedRSScalculationalsomeansthattheSEAMCATwillhavenothavethepositionsof
pairoftransmitterandreceiverinavictimlinktrialled/calculated.Ifthesepositionsareimportantfor
furtheranalysis(e.g.whenusingdirectionalantennas),thedRSScalculationshouldnotbeskipped.

131
Annex4 :iRSScalculation
For the iRSS calculation k different interfering systems may be considered, each having some n active interfering
transmitters.Theresultinginterferingpowerinthevictimreceiveriscomputedasdescribedinthealgorithmbelow.
Thefollowingconsiderationsarerestrictedtothecaseofk=1onlyforsimplification.

Inthisannex,Trepresentsatrialfromagivendistribution(Annex8).
A.4.1 Unwantedinterferingfieldstrength(iRSS
unwanted
)calculation
iRSS
unwanted
=f(emissionit,gitPC,gitvr,plitvr,gvrit)i
|
|
.
|

\
|
=

=
n
i
iRRSS
unwanted
i unwanted
iRSS
1
10
10
_
10 log 10
wheretheithinterferersignalisdefinedas:

iRSS
unwanted_,i
=(emissionit(fit,fvr)+gitvrplitvr(fvr)+gvrit)

where,otherthanparametersdescribedbefore:

{ } ) , ( _ , ) , ( _ max ) , (
vr it it
PC
it vr it it
supplied
it vr it it
f f floor emission g f f rel emission p f f emission + + =

it
rel isarelativeemissionmaskwhichisafunctionofAf=(fitfvr),see emission _ Annex5.Itisintroducedto
enablecalculationsofinterferencebetweensystemsin thesameoradjacentbands.Therealemissionisalways
greaterorequalthantheabsoluteemissionfloor ) , ( . _
vr it it
f f floor emission
A.4.2 Blockinginterferingfieldstrength(iRSS
blocking
)calculation
iRSS
blocking
= f(pitsupplied,gitPC,gitvr,plitvr,a
vr
,gvrit)i

=
interferes n
i 1
|
|
.
|

\
|
=

=
n
i
iRSS
blocking
i blocking
iRSS
1
10
10
,
10 log 10
Wheretheithinterfererssignalisgivenby

iRSS
blocking,i
=f(pitsupplied+gitPC+gitvrplitvra
vr
+gvrit)

whereforeachinterferer:
- f
it
=T(f
it
):Interferinglinkoperatingfrequency.NotethatthetrialofthedRSSfrequency,f
vr
,occursonlyonce
foreachsimulationround,i.e.f
vr
istrialledonce,togetherwiththeWt,Vrpositions,theWttransmitpower
andotherdistributionspertainingtothevictimlink.ThesevaluesassociatedwiththedRSStrialroundthen
applytoallntrialsofiRSS(wherenisthenumberofinterferers).
- pitsupplied=T(Pitsupplied)powersuppliedtotheItantenna(beforepowercontrol).
- gitPC=powercontrolgainfortheItwiththepowercontrolfunction,seeAnnex11.
- plitvr=pathlossbetweentheinterferingtransmitteriandthevictimreceiver,e.g.:
plitvr=f
propag
(fit,hvr,hit,ditvr,env)+fclutter(env),or
plitvr=f
median
(fit,hvr,hit,ditvr,env)+fclutter(env)

Thechoicebetweenf
median
andf
propag
woulddependonthecriteriaofinterference,
andiscloselyrelatedtothechoicemadeforassessmentofdRSS,e.g.whetherICEwill
evaluate:dRSS
mean
/iRSS
mean
,dRSS
propag
/iRSS
propag
ordRSS
mean
/iRSS
propag
.
ditvr =distancebetweentheVrandtheIt.
132
133

Note:SEAMCATallowsfourdifferentwaystodefineditvr.
ThisisdescribedindetailsinsectionA.1.9ofAnnex1.
- gitvr=(gitmax,patternit)=gitmaxpatternit(uitvr,mitvr)ItantennagaintowardsVr.
- gvrit=(gvrmax,patternvr)=gvrmaxpatternvr(uitvr,mitvr)VrantennagaintowardsIt.
-
vr it
A

:azimuthfromVrtowardsIt(seeAnnex9),calculatedtroughatrialaccordingtothechosen
correlationtype.
- ) , (
vr it vr it
m u =azimuthandelevation(thelatterwhensphericalantennapatternisdefined)anglesfrom
theclosestItantennatowardstheVrantenna.
- a
Vr
(fit,fvr):blockingattenuationofthevictimreceiver.(seeAnnex6onpage142)

A.4.3 Intermodulationinterferingfieldstrength(iRSS
intermodulation
)calculation

Bug warning: Note that the current implementation of IM is not running properly in SEAMCAT,
Therefore,calculationofprobabilityofintermodulationforselectedsignaltype"Intermodulation"
will produce erroneous results. This issue is under the consideration of the SEAMCAT Technical
Group.Usersareadvisednottousethismodule.
Forthecomputationoftheintermodulationproductsinthevictimreceivertwodifferentinterferingsystemsare
required,i.e.k>1:
iRSS
intermodulation
=f(pit,ksupplied,git,kPC,git,kvr,plit,kvr,gvrit,k,sensvr,intermod),withk=i,j.
iRSS
intermod
i
n
iRSS
i
i j
n intermod,i,j
=
|
\

|
.
|
|
|
=
=
=

10 10
1
10
1
log
where:
iRSS
intermodulationi,j
=intermodulationproductofthirdorderatthefrequencyf
0

iRSS
intermodulationi,j
=2*iiRSSint+ijRSSint3intermod3sensvr9dB(Note1)

Note 1: iRSS
intermodulation i,j
is defined in SEAMCAT as the power of intermodulation product above the noise floor of
victimreceiver,seeAppendix9toAnnex2ofERCReport68fordetaileddescriptionofthisdefinition.

The interferer i transmits at the frequency f it,i = f it and the interferer j at f it,j , which defines Af =(f it,j f it) and
yields
f0=fitAf=2fitfit,j.Assuminganidealfilter(rollofffactor0)theintermodulationproducthastobeconsidered
onlyforthebandwidthb:
fvrb/2sf0sfvr+b/2

Forallothercasestheintermodulationproductwillbeneglected.

Anotherparametersusedintheformulaabove:
ikRSSint=pit,ksupplied,git,kPC,git,kvr,plit,kvr,gvrit,kreceivedpowerinthevictimreceiverdueto
interfererk=iatfitorinterfererk=jatfit,j.
sensvr=sensitivityofvictimreceiver
intermod=receiverintermodulationrejectionforawantedsignal3dBabovethesensitivity:
intermodisdefinedbytheuser,e.g.typicalvaluesare70dBforbasestationequipmentand65dB
formobileandhandportableequipment.Itisusedtoderivegenericlimits.
intermod(Af)isdefinedasafunctionofAfreferredtofvr.
Annex5 :Unwantedemissionsmask
A.5.1 UnwantedemissionMask
For the interfering transmitter, an emission mask is defined as a function of and can be
definedasmaximumpowerlevels
it
emission
)
it
f f f = A
( f emission
it
A inreferencebandwidth ) ( f b
s
A specifiedbytheuser.
Thismaskcanalsobeexpressedasthemaximumof
- the sum of the supplied interfering power
supplied
it
p , a relative emission mask (containing the wanted
transmissionandallunwantedemissionsincludingtheemissionfloordependingonthepowercontrol)andthe
gainpowercontrol
- ortheabsoluteemissionfloor.
The relative emission mask is described by a triplet (frequency offset (MHz), relative emission level (dBc) and
referencebandwidth(MHz)).TheemissionfloorisdefinedlaterinthisAnnex.

The interfering transmitter power (dBm) at is used for evaluating the link budget with the wanted
receiver(i.e.powercontrol).
supplied
it
p
it
f
A.5.2 Unwantedemissioncalculation
Figure 144 shows the principle of the determination of the interfering power. If then the interfering
frequenciesfallexactlyinthereceivingbandofthevictimreceiver(cochannelinterference).
vr it
f f =
Forsimplificationwithinthealgorithmsthemaskfunction isnormalizedto1Hzreferencebandwidth:
it m
p
_
|
.
|

\
|
A =
Hz
b
f p p
it m it n
1
log 10 ) (
10 _ _

Thebandwidth isthebandwidthusedfortheemissionmask.Thetotalreceivedinterferingpower can
easily be calculated by integration over the receiver bandwidth from to

b
b +
it
emission
2 /
vr it
b f
vr
f a =
2 /
vr it vr
f f b =
( )
)
`

A =

A
f d power
b
a
f p
it
it n
10 / ) (
10
_
10 log 10
with denotingthenormalizedmaskindBm/Hz.Using1Hzreferencebandwidththeintegralcanbereplacedby
asummation
it n
p
_
( )
)
`

=

=
A
b
a i
f p
it
i it n
power
10 / ) (
10
_
10 log 10
where isgivenindBm.
it
power
Note:Theinterferingpowerofaradiosystemhavingadifferentbandwidthcanbeestimatedbytheaforementioned
algorithms.Thiscalculationisonlyrequiredfortheinterferenceduetounwantedemissionsbutnotforblockingand
intermodulation.
134
-0.01
0.05
-20 -10 0 10 20
Unwanted
Transmission Mask
f
vr
- f
it
f
vr
- f
i t
+ b
vr
/2
f
vr
- f
i t
- b
vr
/2
Victim Receiver
Af

Figure144:Integrationoftheunwantedemissionsinthevictimreceiverband
Thetotalinterferingpowerrelativetocarrier canbecalculatedbyintegrationoverthereceiver
bandwidthfrom to
it
rel emission _
vr it vr
b f f b 2 /
vr it vr
b f f a = 2 / + =
( ) { }
( )

A = A A =

A
b
a
f P
b
a
linear
rel it
f d f d f P rel emission
dBc
rel
10
10 log 10 log 10 _
With denotingthenormalizeduserdefinedmaskindBc/Hz.
dBc
rel
P
ThismaskisexpressedasanarrayofN+1points ) , (
i i
P f A andassumedlinearbetweenthesepoints.
( ) ( )
i i
i i
i
i
dBc
rel
P P
f f
f f
P f P
A A
A A
+ = A
+
+
1
1

Thisleadsto:
( )

A =

=
A
A
A
+
1
0
10
1
10 log 10 _
N
i
f
f
f P
it
i
i
dBc
rel
f d rel emission
where:
Af a f f B
vr it vr 0
2 = = /
Af b f f B
N vr it vr
= = + / 2
Intermediatecalculation
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
| | | |
i i
i i f f
P
f
f
K
f
P
dBc
i
f f
P P
f
f
f f
f
P
dBc
i
f
f
f f
f f
P P
P
dBc
i
f
f
f P
dBc
i
f f
P P
K K
K
e
K
rel emission
K f d K
K
rel emission
f d rel emission
f d rel emission
i i
i
i
i
i
i
i i
i i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i i
i i
i
i
i
dBc
rel
A A

= = =
= A =
A

=
A =
+
+ A A
A
A
A
A A

A
A
A A
A
A
A
A A
A A

A
A
A
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

1
1
10
ln
10
10
10
10
10
10
.
10
10 ln
ln , 1
ln
10 10
_
10 ,
10
_
10 10 _
10 _
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

135
( )
i i
i i
P P
dBc
i
f f
P P
rel emission
i i
A A

=
+
+
+
1
1
10 10
10 ln
10
_
1

Eventually:
( )( )
( )
)
`

A A
=

=
+
+ +
1
0
1
1 1
10 ln
10
log 10 _
N
i
dBc
i
dBc
i
i i
linear
i
linear
i
it
P P
f f P P
rel emission
A.5.3 Emissionfloor
The aforementioned formulas are also applicable to absolute emission floor emission_floor
it
(dBm) . This emission
floormaskcanbedescribedbyatriplet(frequencyoffset(MHz),emissionfloor(dBm),referencebandwidth(MHz)).

Figure145:illustrationoftheemissionmaskandtheunwantedemissionfloormask.
TherealemissionisboundedbytheemissionfloorbythefollowingequationandillustratedinFigure146.
) _ , _ max(
sup
it
PC
it
plied
it it it
floor emission g p rel emission emission + + =

Note that the value of the emission_floor

it
is
scaled to the Vr bandwidth. This means that
assuming a Vr bandwidth of 200 KHz and the
value of the Emission mask and Unwanted
Emission floor as presented in Figure 145, the
followingemisssion
it
arecalculated:

foraf
it
=900.3MHzandf
vr
=900.0MHz:
emission
it
=max(30+5+0,10)
emission
it
=10dBm;

foraf
it
=900.0MHzandf
vr
=900.0MHz:
emission
it
=max(0+5+0,13)
emission
it
=13dBm;

Figure146:ResultingpowerlevelforthecalculationofiRSS
136
A.5.4 ExamplesofdBcemissionmaskandrelationbetweennormalisedmaskandref.BW
mask
The following range of attenuation is considered, for a system of 30 dBm using a 20 kHz emission bandwidth. The
referencebandwidthfortheattenuationis10kHz.Withintheemissionbandwidththereferencebandwidthistaken
equaltotheemissionbandwidth.

Frequencyoffset AttenuationindBc AttenuationindBc AttenuationindBcin

SEAMCATmask
0to10kHz 0 0dBc 0dBc
10tolessthan20kHz Min(p(dBW)+30,36) 30dBc 30dBc
20tolessthan30kHz
Min(p(dBW)+40,36) 36dBc 36dBc
30tolessthan40kHz Min(p(dBW)+45,40) 40dBc 40dBc
40tolessthan50kHz
50 50dBc 50dBc
Table33:EmissionmaskvalueasillustratedinFigure147.
Figure 147, shows the upper part of the mask derived from the table above, the whole mask is symmetric. The
frequencyoffsetisdefinedinMHz.

Figure147:ExampleofUpperpartofanEmissionMaskindBc
If the mask is symmetric, the whole mask may be obtained by using the Sym function in SEAMCAT as shown in
Figure148.N1andN2correspondtothesamelevelofpowerandcorrespondtoattenuationdefinedindBcgivenin
referencebandwidth(kHz)andnormalisedbandwidth(1MHz)respectively.
N1(dBm/Bref)=P(dBm)+Att1(dBc/Bref)
N2(dBm/1MHz)=P(dBm)+Att2(dBc/1MHz)
WherePisthePowerwithintheemissionbandwidth.
N1(dBm/Bref)andN2(dBm/1MHz)representthesamelevelofpower(P
i
):
Pi(dBm)=N1(dBm/Bref)+10log(Bref)
Pi(dBm)=N2(dBm/1MHz)+10log(1MHz)
ThereforetherelationshipbetweentheattenuationsindBcdefinedinreferencebandwidthandin1MHzisgivenby:
137
Delta=N1(dBm/1MHz)N2(dBm/Bref)
Delta=Pi(dBm)10log(Bref)(Pi(dBm)10log(1MHz))
Delta=10log((1MHz)/(Bref))
Note:
Ifthereferencebandwidthislargerthantheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationmustbedefinedwith
positivesign;
Ifthereferencebandwidthislowerthantheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationmustbedefinedwith
negativesign;
Ifthereferencebandwidthisequaltotheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationshouldbesetupatzero.

Figure148:Linkbetweenthenormalisedmaskandthemaskgiveninreferencebandwidth
A.5.5 ExamplesofcalculationusingdBc
TheITURRecommendationITURSM.329onUnwantedemissionsinthespuriousdomainprovidesadefinitionofdBc
unit,whichisdefinedasDecibelsrelativetotheunmodulatedcarrierpoweroftheemission.Inthecaseswhichdo
not have a carrier, for example in some digital modulation schemes where the carrier is not accessible for
measurement, the reference level equivalent to dBc is decibels relative to the mean power P. From this
recommendationthefollowingexampleispresented:

A land mobile transmitter, with any value of emission bandwidth, must meet an attenuation of 43+10logP, or
70dBc, whichever is less stringent. To measure the emissions the use of a reference bandwidth of 100kHz is
recommended.

Withameasuredtotalmeanpowerof10W:
Attenuationrelativetototalmeanpower=43+10log(10)=53dB
The53dBcislessstringentthan70dBc,sothe53dBcvalueisused.Therefore,emissionsmustnotexceed53dBcina
100kHzreferencebandwidth,orconvertingtoanabsolutelevel:10dBW53dBc=43dBWina100kHzreference
bandwidth.

Withameasuredtotalmeanpowerof1000W:
Attenuationrelativetototalmeanpower=43+10log(1000)=73dB
138
The73dBcismorestringentthan70dBclimit,sothe70dBcvalueisused.Therefore,emissionsmustnotexceed70
dBc in a 100 kHz reference bandwidth, or converting to an absolute level: 30 dBW 70 dBc = 40 dBW in a 100 kHz
referencebandwidth.
A.5.6 DefiningaCDMAunwantedemissionmaskinSEAMCAT(InterferingLink)
A.5.6.1 BSexample
AsanexampleofaBSspectrumemissionmasks(i.e.CDMADLasinterferer),TS25.104[1]haveshownthatdifferent
values may need to be considered depending on the BS maximum output power. Table 34 presents Spectrum
emissionmaskvalues,BSmaximumoutputpowerP>43dBm.

Frequencyoffsetof
measurementfilter
3dBpoint,Af
Frequencyoffsetof
measurementfilter
centrefrequency,
f_offset
MinimumrequirementBandI,II,III,IV,
V,VII,VIII,X
Additional
requirements
BandII,IV,V,
X
Measurement
bandwidth
2.5MHzsAf<2.7
MHz
2.515MHzsf_offset<
2.715MHz
14dBm 15dBm 30kHz
2.7MHzsAf<3.5
MHz
2.715MHzsf_offset<
3.515MHz
dB
MHz
offset f
dBm |
.
|

\
|
715 . 2
_
15 14

15dBm 30kHz
(seenote3) 3.515MHzsf_offset<
4.0MHz
26dBm NA 30kHz
3.5MHzsAfsAfmax 4.0MHzsf_offset<
f_offsetmax
13dBm 13dBm4 1MHz
Table34:Spectrumemissionmaskvalues,BSmaximumoutputpowerP>43dBm(from[1])
AssumingaBSTxpowerof43dBm,theequationofTable34givestheSEAMCATinputaspresentedinTable35andas
illustrated in Figure 57. Note that for this example, we add the limit from ITUR Rec. SM.329 for frequency offset
above12.5MHz[2].

Frequencyoffsetofmeasurement
filter3dBpoint,Af
MinimumrequirementBandVIII SEAMCAT(in
ref/measurement
bandwidth)
Measurement
bandwidth
2.5MHzsAf<2.7MHz 14dBm 43(14)=57 30kHz
2.7MHzsAf<3.5MHz
dB
MHz
offset f
dBm |
.
|

\
|
715 . 2
_
15 14

Linear 30kHz
(seenote3) 26dBm 43(26)=69 30kHz
3.5MHzsAfsAfmax 13dBm 43(13)=56 1MHz
Above12.5MHz
(ITURSM.329)
36dBm 43(36)=79 100kHz
Table35:Exampleofderivationof3GPPspectrumemissionmaskintoaSEAMCATinputformat(withadditionof
theITURRec.SM.329limit).
139

Figure149:IllustrationofthespectrumemissionmaskattheBSusedinSEAMCATanditsderivationfromthe3GPP
specificationandITURSM.329(forfrequencyoffsetlargerthan12.5MHz).
A.5.6.2 UEexample
AsanexampleofaUEspectrumemissionmasks(i.e.CDMAULasinterferer),TS25.101[3]indicatesthatthepowerof
anyUEemissionshallnotexceedthelevelsspecifiedinTable36.

Minimumrequirement finMHz
(Note1)
Relativerequirement
Absolute
requirement
Measurement
bandwidth
2.53.5 dBc
MHz
f
)
`

|
.
|

\
|

A
5 . 2 15 35

71.1dBm
30kHz
(Note2)
3.57.5 dBc
MHz
f
)
`

|
.
|

\
|

A
5 . 3 1 35

55.8dBm
1MHz
(Note3)
7.58.5 dBc
MHz
f
)
`

|
.
|

\
|

A
5 . 7 10 39

55.8dBm
1MHz
(Note3)
8.512.5MHz 49dBc 55.8dBm
1MHz
(Note3)
Note1: Afistheseparationbetweenthecarrierfrequencyandthecentreofthe
measurementbandwidth.
Note2: Thefirstandlastmeasurementpositionwitha30kHzfilterisatAfequalsto2.515
MHzand3.485MHz.
Note3: Thefirstandlastmeasurementpositionwitha1MHzfilterisatAfequalsto4MHz
and12MHz.

Table36:SpectrumEmissionMaskRequirement
Table 36 provides directly the values in dBc which are also the format for the SEAMCAT input. Therefore the value
fromTable36translateintoSEAMCATasillustratedinFigure150.

140

Figure150:IllustrationofthespectrumemissionmaskattheUEusedinSEAMCATanditsderivationfromthe3GPP
specification.
141
Annex6 :Receiverselectivityandblockingattenuation
Thisannexaimstoexplaintheprocessofcalculationofthereceiverattenuation(denotedasa
vr
)whenusingvarious
modesofdefiningreceiverselectivityandblocking,availableinSEAMCAT.Thevalueofa
vr
isthenappliedbySEAMCAT
tothereceivedinterferingsignaltoobtainthevalueofiRSS
blocking
.
A.6.1 Basicconcept

Thereceiveriscapturingsomeunwantedsignalbecauseitsfilterisnotideal.

Noise floor
Frequency
Ideal transmitter
Assumption
Real
Receiver filter

Unwanted signal captured

Figure151:Illustrationofthenonidealreceiverfilterwithrespecttoanidealinterferingtransmitter

The term Blocking is used in SEAMCAT to describe a Victim receivers selectivity function, as a measure of the
receivercapabilitytofilteradjacentunwantedsignal,sothatthisunwantedsignaldoesnotcausedegradationofthe
receivedmodulatedusefulsignalbeyondaspecifiedlimit.

Twomainmethods,coveringthreeuserselectablemodes,existinSEAMCATtodefinethisblockingfunction:
- Filter attenuation (Userdefined mode ) where receiver attenuation is expressed directly as Net Filter
Discrimination(seeFigure8(b));
- Blockingresponse(ProtectionratiomodeandSensitivitymode)wherereceiverattenuationiscalculatedby
SEAMCAT from a certain fundamental relationships between signals, as described in section A.3 below (see
Figure 8 (a)). This is the combination of the ACS (i.e. inband power of the interfering device entering the
receiverthroughthesideresponseofitsfilteratitsadjacentchannel)andtheblockingwhichisdefinedasa3
dBincreaseinthenoisefloor.

In all cases SEAMCAT perceives receiver blocking as a receiver mask, which is generally a function of frequency
separation between interfering and desired signals f=(f
It
f
Vr
), however user may also specify a constant value of
blockingacrossthewholefrequencyrange.

When calculating the iRSS

blocking
, SEAMCATwill apply theobtained receiver attenuation value a
vr
to the full powerof
adjacent channel interfering signal and will consider the resulting product (interfering signal at receiver input less
blockingattenuation)asthevictimreceiversinchannelnoisefloorincrease.
142
A.6.2 Userdefinedmode
Inthiscase,thereceiverattenuationisinputdirectlyasNetFilterDiscrimination(seeFigure152),withabsolutevalues
in dB. Therefore SEAMCAT will take the receiver attenuation a
vr
(Af) values directly from the function (might be also
constantvalue)enteredbytheuser.

a
vr
(Af)=block
Usedefined
(Af)(dB) ,whereAf=(f
It
f
Vr
)
ReceiverMask

Figure152:IllustrationofblockingandtheassociatedBlockingResponseinauserdefinedmode

Figure153:Settinguptheblockingresponseintheuserdefinedmode
A.6.3 ProtectionratioandSensitivitymodes
InthesetwomodesSEAMCATwillcalculatethereceiverattenuationfromindirectinputparameters:
- requiredprotectionratio(Protectionratiomode),or
- maximumtolerableinterferencesignallevels(Sensitivitymode).
In both these modes, calculation of applicable receiver attenuation a
vr
(Af) will be based on certain fundamental
relationshipsbetweensignals,asderivedfromtheblockinglevelmeasurementsdescribedinETSIEN300113(section
9therein),withreferencetoblockingdefinitioninITURSM.3324.
A.6.3.1 Blockinglevelmeasurements
To calculate the receiver attenuation in blocking response modes, the fundamental relationships between receiver
sensitivity,wantedsignal,unwantedsignal(i.e.theinterferingsignal)andthermalnoiseneedtobeestablished,based
on the principle of measuring blocking as a level of adjacent interfering signal which results in reduction of output
powerfrommodulatedusefulsignalbyacertainlimit.

f
f
Rxbandwidth
0dB
Blocking:
Rejection
ofthereceiver
BlockingResponse=filtering(userdefinedmode)
Attenuation(dB)
143
Thislimitofacceptablewantedsignaldegradationisassumedtobe3dB,basedonsuggestioninITURSM.3324and
the blocking measurement procedure described in ETSI EN 300 113. The latter procedure is briefly summarised as
follows(seeFigure154):
- Thewantedsignal(GeneratorA)isswitchedon,tunedatreceiverfrequencyanditslevelisadjustedtothelevel
of maximum useable sensitivity of the receiver, which corresponds to BER=10
2
at the receiver output. The level of
wantedsignalisthenfurtherincreasedby3dB;
- TheunwantedsignalisaddedbyswitchingonGeneratorB,withgivenfrequencyshiftfromreceiverfrequency,
anditsoutputlevelisfirstincreaseduntilaBER=10
1
orworseisobtained;thendecreasedagainuntiltheBER=10
2
is
reattainedatthereceiveroutput;
- The corresponding level of unwanted signal is noted. The blocking ratio is then expressed as ratio, in dB, of
thelevelofunwantedsignaltothelevelofwantedsignal;
- TestisrepeatedforotherfrequencyshiftsAf.

Figure154:Blockingmeasurementarrangement(fromETSIEN300113)
A.6.3.2 Receiverattenuationaselementofblockingresponse
Based on the definition and measurement procedure of blocking, it is possible to obtain the receiver attenuation
parameter a
vr
(Af) from the following fundamental relationships between wanted and unwanted signals, receiver
sensitivityandnoise,asobservedwhenblockingeventistriggered(seeFigure155):
Power
Maxunwanted
signallevel
(MaxInterfSignal)
Blocking
protection
ratio(I/C)
Wanted
signal
level
Max
sensitivity
Resulting
N+I
3dB
a
vr
(Af)
Wanted
signal
Unwanted
signal
S
/
N
=
C
/
(N+I)
S/N
Thermal
noise
Frequency
f
Vr
f
It

Figure155:Relationshipbetweensignallevelswhenblockingoccurs(ProtectionRatioandSensitivitymodes)
144
- NoiseFloor+S/N=ReceiverSensitivity
- NoiseFloor+S/N+3dB =WantedSignalLevel|
Measurementsetup

- WantedSignalLevel|
Measurementsetup
+Protectionratio(Af)=InterferingSignalLevel|
Blockingtriggered

- InterferingSignalLevelReceiverattenuationa
vr
(Af)=NoiseFloor
Notethatthedefinitionofa
vr
inthefinalrelationshipisbasedontheassumptionthattheinterferingsignalisreduced
bythereceiverfiltertothelevelofthermalnoise,thuscausingincreaseofoverallreceiverinbandnoiseby3dB,i.e.
when:

N
Total
=N
Thermal
+I=|whenI=N
Thermal
|=N
Thermal
+N
Thermal
=2N
Thermal
=N
Thermal
(dBm)+3dB

This corresponds to presetting of wanted signal level by 3 dB above receiver sensitivity during blocking
measurements.

ReceiverMask

Figure156:IllustrationofblockingandtheassociatedBlockingResponseforbothProtectionRatioandSensitivity
mode
A.6.4 SEAMCATcalculationofreceiverattenuationintheProtectionratiomode
Inthiscalculationmodethefunctionenteredbytheuserrepresentstheprotectionratio(indB)(seeFigure157),i.e.
theratioofmaximumacceptablelevelofinterferingsignaltothewantedsignallevel,atagivenfrequencyseparation.
Theblockingvalueisrelativetothenoisefloor.

In this case SEAMCAT calculates the receiver attenuation a

vr
(Af) to be applied to the interfering signal by using the
followingexpression,derivedfromtherelationshipsexplainedinsectionA.6.3.2:

a
vr
(Af)=block
ProtectionRatio
(Af)(dB)+C/(N+I)(dB)+3dB (seeNote)
a
vr
(Af)=InterferingSignallevel(f
it
)Noisefloor
Where:Af=(f
It
f
Vr
)andblock
ProtectionRatio
(Af)(2Figure158)istheblockingfunctionasdefinedinthesimulation
scenario.

Figure157:ProtectionRatio

Figure158:Settinguptheblockingresponseinthe
Protectionratiomode.
fv
fI
Rxbandwidth
Blocking:
Rejection
ofthereceiver
BlockingResponse= ACS
(ETSI)
Blocking +
(PRandSensitivitymode) (ETSI)
InterferingPower(dBm)
Attenuation(dB) at f
(ProtectionRatio)
Noise Floor (dBm)
fvr fit
145
A.6.5 SEAMCATcalculationofreceiverattenuationintheSensitivitymode
In this calculation mode the blocking function entered by the user represents the power level (in dBm) of the
maximuminterferingsignal,whichmightbetoleratedbythereceiveratagivenfrequencyseparation.
Thefollowingequationsapply:
DesiredSignalLevel(f
it
)=Sensitivity(f
it
)+3dB
Desiredsignallevel(f
it
)+Blocking(Af)givesthemaximumacceptableInterferingSignallevel(f
it
)

Therefore,theuserprovidestheMaximumacceptableInterferingSignallevel:
InterferingSignallevel(f
it
)=Blocking(Af)+Sensitivity+3dB


In this case SEAMCAT calculates the receiver attenuation a
vr
(Af) to be applied to the interfering signal by using the
followingexpression,derivedfromtherelationshipexplainedinsectionA.7.3.1:
a
vr
(Af)=block
MaxInterfSignal
(Af)(dBm)sens
vr
(dBm)+C/(N+I)(dB) (seeNote)
Where:
Af=(f
It
f
Vr
)
block
MaxInterfSignal
(Af): (#2Figure159)blockingfunctionasdefinedinthesimulationscenario.
sens
vr
: (#3Figure159)sensitivityoftheVr(dBm)asdefinedinthesimulationscenario.


Figure159:Settinguptheblockingresponseinthesensitivitymode.

Note:SEAMCATtakesthevalueofC/(N+I)directlyasenteredbytheuserinVictimreceiver
descriptioninsimulationscenariotoperformthecalculation.

Otherinterferencecriteria(C/I,(N+I)/NandI/N)donothaveanyinfluenceoncalculationof
receiverblockingattenuation.

146
A.6.6 DefiningaCDMAblockingmaskinSEAMCAT(VictimLink)
AsanexampleofaBSblockingmask(i.e.CDMAULasvictim),TS25.104[1]presentsdifferentvalueswhichmayneed
tobeconsidereddependingontheenvironment:

Parameter Level
WideAreaBS
Level
MediumRangeBS
Level
LocalAreaBS
Unit
Datarate 12.2 12.2 12.2 kbps
Wantedsignalmeanpower 115 105 101 dBm
Interferingsignalmeanpower 52 42 38 dBm
Fuwoffset(Modulated) 5 5 5 MHz
Table37:ACSdependingontheestimatedCellsize
Inaddition,asfortheunwantedemissionscase,consideringthegapbetweenthetwobands,notonlytheACShasto
beconsidered,butalsovaluesfortheblockingatlargerfrequencyoffsets:

Area Interfering
Signalmean
power
WantedSignal
meanpower
MinimumOffset
ofInterfering
Signal
Typeof
Interfering
Signal
Blockingvalue
inSEAMCAT
WideAreaBS 40dBm 115dBm 10MHz WCDMAsignal 75dB
MediumrangeBS 30dBm 101dBm 10MHz WCDMAsignal 71dB
LocalAreaBS 30dBm 101dBm 10MHz WCDMAsignal 71dB
Table38:BlockingdependingontheestimatedCellsize(ExampleheretakeninthebandVIII)

Figure160:IllustrationoftheblockingattenuationattheBSusedinSEAMCATanditsderivationfromthe3GPP
specification(ExampleforawideareaBSscenario)
147
Annex7 :HowtocalculatetheprobabilityofinterferenceforUnwantedand
Blockinginasinglerun
Note:Thisannexisintendedforadvanceduser.
A.7.1 Cantheprobabilityofinterferenceforunwantedandblockingbedoneinthesame
workspaceatonce?
First of all, what is commonly called in this handbook, the probability of interference is really the probability of
exceedinganInterferenceCriterion.

In the calculation of the probability of exceeding an Interference Criterion each of the Interference Criteria can be
chosen by the user. The reason is that SEAMCAT first composes the iRSS vectors depending on the Signal Types
(Unwanted, Blocking, Intermodulation or any combination of them) selected, e.g. a sum of unwanted and blocking
vectors.Thenitcomparesthesevectorswitheither:
- thevectorsofthewantedsignal(C/I),
- thewantedsignalandthenoisefloor(C/(I+N))or
- thenoisefloor((N+I)/NandI/N)consideringthelimitdefinedbythechosenInterferenceCriterion.

This means that the Interference Criterion I/N can be used for blocking as well as for unwanted calculation, if the
behaviour of the victim receiver is defined by this parameter (see for instance Fixed Service, commonly defined by
onlyI/N).

It has to benoted that SEAMCAT allows selecting only one interferencecriterion when calculating the probability of
interference. When the user wants to consider the impact of both unwanted and blocking phenomena in the same
workspace, it may calculate the probability of interference resulting from each of those phenomena sequentially. 2
simulationsareingeneralrequiredi.e.oneforunwantedandasecondoneforblocking.Theuserwillendupwith2
interferenceprobabilities(unwantedandblocking)andnotethattherealinterferenceprobabilitywillbelowerthan
thesumofthetwo.

If the interference criterion is the same for the two phenomena, then the user may select both Unwanted and
BlockingintheSignaltypewindowandtheoverallprobabilityofinterferenceiscalculatedinasinglerun.Itmay
happenthattheinterferencecriteriavaluesfortheunwantedandblockingstudyaredifferentasshowninFigure161.
A solution to allow the user of saving computation time (i.e. to run only one simulation instead of2) is therefore to
compensate the differences in the interference criteria by defining the unwanted emission mask or the blocking
response. This results in a more refined total interference probability results where the combined mechanism of
unwantedandblockingistreatedsimultaneously.Anexampleispresentedinthenextsectiononhowtodoit.

Figure161:Onlyoneinterferencecriterionisselectableeventhoughunwantedandblockingmechanismsareunder
investigation.
If the interference criterion for the unwanted mechanism is different from the one considered for the blocking
mechanismasshowninFigure162,theuserisabletomapthevalueofaI/NintoanewvalueofC/I(seeAnnex2)for
blockingandthenasinglesimulationisneeded.
148

Figure162:Exampleillustratingtheproblematicofsimulatingunwantedandblockingwheninterferencecriteria
aredifferent(anyothercombinationcouldhavebeenpresented).
A.7.2 Example
LetsassumethattheinterferencecriteriafortheunwantedstudyisC/I=19dBandthattheinterferencecriteriafor
theblockingstudyisC/I=0dBasshowninFigure161.Theblockingattenuationmodeuserdefinedisassumedin
thecalculation.

Thentheuserhastwochoices:
- Choice1:Runthesimulationtwice
o Run#1:UnwantedwithC/I=19dB,P
interference
=99.7%
o Run#2:BlockingwithC/I=0dBwiththeAtt
block
=50dB,P
interference
=42.5%
- Choice2:Runasinglesimulation
o UnwantedwithC/I=19dBP
interference
=99.7%
o BlockingwithC/I=19dBwiththeAtt
block
+C/I=69dB,P
interference
=42.5%
o Combinedunwantedandblockingmechanismpossible.

The importance of understanding how the interference criteria is modelled in SEAMCAT is presented below. If the
userwouldhave selectedthewrongAtt
block
(i.e.withoutorwronglycompensatingtheAtt
block
bytheC/I),theuser
wouldhaveextractedaprobabilityofinterferencedifferentfromexpectedasshowninthefollowingvalue:
- BlockingwithC/I=19dBwiththeAtt
block
C/I=31dB,P
interference
=99.4%
- BlockingwithC/I=19dBwiththeAtt
block
=50dB,P
interference
=94.1%

149
Annex8 :DistributionorFunctiondefinition
A.8.1 Definingadistribution

Figure163:Distributiondialogbox

Description Comments
Constant

Typeaconstantvalue
Userdefined

Defineadistributioni.e.valuesassociatedwithprobability.
Uniformdistribution

Definetheminandthemaxvalues.Allthevaluesbetweenthemwillhave
thesameprobability(0,1).
Gaussiandistribution

DefineaGaussiandistributionwithitsmeanandstandarddeviation
(StdDEv).
Rayleighdistribution

DefineaRayleighdistributionwithitsminandstandarddeviation.
Uniformpolardistance

Definethemaxdistance.Allthepointsaredistributedoverancirculararea
definedbymaxdistancewiththesameprobability ) 1 , 0 ( .Thisis
equivalenttodefiningauniformdensityoftransmittersonacirculararea
togetherwithuniformpolarangle(with360deg)oruniformdistribution
intheangledomain(0,360deg).

Uniformpolarangle

Definetheanglemax.Thevaluesincludedbetweeno
max
ando
max
have
thesameprobability.Thisissimilartouniformdistributionbutintheangle
domain.
Userdefineddistribution
Inputareafortheuserdefineddistribution.Loadandsaveallowthe
150
import/exportofuserdefinedvalues.
Discreteuniformdistributions

DefinethelowerboundX
min
andtheUpperboundX
max
ofthedistribution.
Thedistributionisadiscretedistributionbetweenfollowingvalues:
S i S X X
i
) 1 ( 2 /
min
+ + =

eachvaluebeingassignedthesameprobability
( ) N X P
i
/ 1 =
with
S X X N
N i
/ ) (
1
min max
=
=

(SeeFigureA3.1)
Userdefined(stair)

Userdefined(stair)isdesignedtoprovideagenericimplementationof
discretedistributions.Thesedistributionsaredefinedthroughadiscrete
setofvaluesXi,i=1NandassociatedprobabilitiesPi.
PiareenteredincumulatedformSi.
where

=
=
i
j
j i
P S
1
suchdistributionswillbeenteredinformofalistofcouples(Xi,Si).
Enteringsuchadistributionincumulatedformallowtocontrolthatthe
sumoftheprobabilitiesisequalto1.
Table39:DescriptionofthedistributionoptionsinSEAMCAT.
- Uniformdistribution:

s s
=
otherwise 0
1 0 if 1
) 1 , 0 (
x
U
- Gaussiandistribution:
|
|
.
|

\
|
=
2
2
2
exp
2
1
) (
o o t
o
x
G
- Rayleighdistribution:
|
|
.
|

\
|
=
2
2
2
2
exp ) (
o o
o
r r
R
- Userdefined(stair):
ThisdistributionisdefinedthroughadiscretesetofvaluesXi,i=1NandassociatedprobabilitiesPi.Inorderto
keepcoherencewiththecontinuousdistributionandforcheckingconvenienceprobabilities,Piwillbeenteredin
cumulatedformSi,where ,suchdistributionswillbeenteredinformofalistofcouples(Xi,Si).

=
=
i
j
j i
P S
1
Enteringsuchadistributionincumulatedformallowtocontrolthatthesumoftheprobabilitiesisequalto1.
- Discreteuniformdistribution:
This is a special distribution bounded by a lower boundary , an upper boundary and the step
between the samples . A common example of such a distribution is the discrete frequency distribution
having a constant channel spacing. The corresponding distribution for is then defined by the following
equation:
min
X
max
X
S
i
x
i
x
151
S i S X x
min i
) 1 ( 2 / + + =
where
N i ... 1 =
S X X N
min max
/ ) ( =

Xmin Xmax x1 xi xN
S/2 S
x2
Xmin+S/2+S*i
S/2
Xmin+S/2+S*N
Figure164:Discreteuniformdistribution
Inthecaseofauniformdistribution,eachvalueisassignedtothesameprobability
. / 1 ) ( N x P
i
=
A.8.2 Definingafunction

Description Comments
Constant Constantvalue.
Userdefined Inputasmanyvaluesasneededforabscissaandcorrespondingfunctionresponsevalues,
payingattentiontounitsshownintheheadingoftherelevantfunctiondefinitionwindow.
Table40:DescriptionofthefunctionoptionsinSEAMCAT.
152
Annex9 :Antennasetup
A.9.1 Antennaheight,pointingazimuthandelevation
The General scenario tab sheets for all participating transmitters and receivers in both victim and interfering links
havetheAntennapointingselectionfields,allowingsetting:

- Heightofantenna:Itshouldcorrespondtoitsdefinitionintheselectedpropagationmodelforthatlink(e.g.
itmightbetheheightaboveground,effectiveheightorheightabovelocalclutter).

- Antennapointingazimuth:Iteffectivelymeansantennadepointing,i.e.anglebetweenthedirectionofmain
beamandthedirectiontowardsthecalculatedpositionofcorrespondingpairoftransmitterandreceiverof
the victim or interfering link. E.g. for Vr antenna the pointing azimuth value should describe the angle
betweendirectionofVrsantennamainbeamandthepathtoWt.

Thisparametermaybeusedeithertoaddcertainvariableparametertothefinallinkbudgetduetorandom
depointing of antennas (e.g. in mobile environment), or to show deliberate depointing of antenna (e.g.
choosingaparticulargainpointontheantennadirectivitypattern)

- Antennapointingelevation:Itmeansthesamepreprogrammeddepointingastheabovedescribedazimuth
parameter,butinverticalplane.ThemeaningoftheseparametersisillustratedinFig.A2.1below

o antenna (de-) pointing azimuth/elevation angle

direction towards the peer transceiver in a link
o
Antenna main beams

Figure165:Definitionoftheantennapointingazimuth/elevationangle.Note:Theplaneofthefigureishorizontal
fortheazimuthangleandverticalplanefortheelevationangle.

Note:Theseantennapointingazimuthandelevationangleshaveimpactonlyontheultimateantennagainappliedin
calculationofthelinkbudget,butnotonthemutualphysicalpositioningofpairoftransmitterandreceiver.Thelatter
isimpactedbythePathazimuthangleparameter,describedinA.9.2..

Note:Unlesssomeintentionalmeaningofantennadepointingisforeseeninsimulationscenario,itisrecommendedto
set always the antenna pointing and elevation angle parameters to const=0, meaning that the main beam of the
antennaisdirectedtowardsthecorrespondingpairoftransmitterandreceiverinalink.

A.9.2 Pathazimuth
A.9.2.1 Conventionsforazimuthangledefinitions
For thepath azimuths in the Wt>Vr and It>Wr links, the reference point is a transmitter and the angle is from the
positivedirectionofOxaxistothepathtowardsacorrespondingreceiverinalink.

153
For the path azimuth used in describing relative Vr>It positioning, the reference point is at Vr and the angle is
betweenthepositivedirectionofOxaxisandthepathtowardstheIt.

Theseprinciplesofdefiningazimuthanglesareillustratedinthefollowingpicture.

It
0
o
It antenna azimuth
distribution: -4545
o
It->Wr path azimuth
distribution: 090
o
Vr
0
o
Vr antenna azimuth
distribution: -4545
o
Wt->Vr path azimuth
distribution: 090
o
45
o
Wt
j
Wr
j
Wt
i

Wr
i

Figure166:Conventionsforazimuthangledefinitions
A.9.2.2 Enteringazimuthangles
ThegeometricpositioningofvictimandinterferingsystemsinFigureA5.1maybeprogrammedwithintheSEAMCAT
interferencescenariointhefollowingway:

- It>Vrpath:relativelocationmode:none,pathazimuthconstantat45
o
,appropriatedistanceparameters;
- It>Wrpath:pathazimuth:090
o
;
- Wt>Vrpath:pathazimuth:090
o
;
- Vrantennapointing:either0oore.g.uniformazimuth:4545
o
;
- Itantennapointing:either0oore.g.uniformazimuth:4545
o
.

PleaseconsulttherelevantTablesinAnnex1forfurtherclarificationoninputofangularparameters.

154
A.9.3 Definitionofantennapatterns
A.9.3.1 Antennadialogbox

Figure167:Antennapatterndialogbox
Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Name:nameofthe
Antenna

Description:
commentsonthe
antenna

Antennapeakgain gmax S dBi describespeakantennagain,i.e.gaininthedirectionof

maximumradiation(mainlobe)
Horizontalpatterns:
Horizontalnormalized
antennapattern
g
V
(u) F dB/deg
definedbypairs(,gH()),where(deg,range0...+360)
describestheangularoffsetinhorizontalplanewith
relationtothedirectionofmaximumradiation,andgH()
describestherelativegain,relatedtotheantenna
maximumpeakgain.
Note:gH()valuesshouldbenegative.
Note:TheantennapatternrangedefinitionforCDMAhas
beenmodifiedtomatchtheantennapatternsspecifiedby
3GPP(deg,range180...+180)
Verticalpatterns:
Verticalnormalized
antennapattern
g
H
() F dB/deg
Inputanglevaluesbetween90
O
and90
O
.
Forthegain,onlyinputnegativevaluesrelativetothe
Antennapeakgain.
Sphericalpatterns:
Sphericalnormalized
antennapattern
( ) o
S
g

Itdescribestheantennasphericalradiationpattern,defined
bypairs(,gS()),where(deg,range90...+90)
describesthesphericalangle,andgS()describesthe
relativegain,relatedtotheantennamaximumpeakgain.
gS()valuesarenegativeandrelativetotheAntennapeak
gain:
cos=cos()*cos()
Table41:DescriptionoftheAntennapatternuserinterfaceinSEAMCAT.
155
By default all antennas have 0 dBi gain and are nondirectional, i.e. not having any directivity patterns associated.
Depending onthe typeof antenna tobe described in the scenario, the user may define it by modifying the antenna
gainandactivatingoneormoreofradiationpatterns(e.g.usermayfeelitsufficienttoactivatehorizontalpattern,but
iftheverticaldiscriminationisimportant,bothverticalandhorizontalpatternscouldbeactivatedaswell).

It is assumed that the frequency has no impact on antenna efficiency/gain, therefore antenna gains are calculated
basedonpurepeakgaincombinedwithnecessaryangulardiscriminationincaseofdirectionalantennas(i.e.antennas
havingradiationpatternsassignedinthescenario).
A.9.4 AntennaGain
A.9.4.1 Ifnosphericalantennapatternisdefined:
ThecalculationoftheantennagainforapathbetweenTrx1andTrx2isperformedasfollows:
Gaininhorizontalplane:ifhorizontalantennapatternisdefined,then ( )
2 1 1 2 1 trx trx
pattern H
trx
H
trx trx
f g

= u
Gaininverticalplane:ifverticalantennapatternisdefined,then: ( )
2 1 1 2 1 trx trx
pattern V
trx
V
trx trx
f g

= m

IftheHorizontalandverticalplanesarecombined,thetotalantennagainisthencalculatedusingthefollowing
approximation:

IFabs( )<3dB
V
it wr
H
it wr
g g


2
) , , (
2 2
max max
V
it wr
H
it wr
wr
V
it wr
H
it wr wr it wr
g g
g g g g f g


+
= = (inlineardomainnotindB)
ELSE
) , min(
max V
it wr
H
it wr wr it wr
g g g g

= (inlineardomainnotindB)
A.9.4.2 Ifsphericalantennapatternisdefined:
Thesphericalanglegainiscalculated: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
2 1 2 1 1 2 1
cos cos arccos
trx trx trx trx
pattern S
trx
S
trx trx
f g

= m u

Totalgainisthencalculatedasfollows: ( )
S
vr
S
trx trx trx
trx trx trx trx
g g g g f g
2 1 2 1
max max
1 2 1
,

= =

Figure168:AntennapatterninX&Ycoordinate Figure169:Sameantennapatternasontheleftbutin
polarcoordinate
156
Annex10 :Radius
A.10.1 Coverageradius
Coverage radius parameter is used to describe the operational area of the victim and/or interference systems.
SEAMCATallowsthreemodesfordefiningthecoverageradius.
- UserDefinedradius(constantvalue)
- Noiselimitednetwork(calculatedbytheEGEatthestartofsnapshotsgeneration)
- Trafficlimitednetwork(calculatedbytheEGEatthestartofsnapshotsgeneration)
A.10.1.1 Userdefinedcoverageradius
TheoriginofthecoverageradiusistheWantedTransmitter.

Figure170:Userdefinedcoverageradiusdialogbox
Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Coverageradius R
max
S km Inputacoverageradius,andfixitwithapathlossconstant
ormakelittlevariationaroundthisradius.Usefultogivea
fixedvalueforthecoverageradius.
Table42:DescriptiononUserdefinedcoverageradius
A.10.1.2 Noiselimitednetwork

Figure171:Noiselimitednetworkcoverageradiusdialogbox
157
ThecoverageradiusinthenoiselimitednetworkisdefinedbytheparametersofTable43.

Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Propagationmodel Choosebetweenpredefinedmodels(Hata,Spherical
diffraction,Freespace,ITURP.1546,SE24model)
Referenceantenna
height(receiver):
h
0
S m
Theheightusedforcoverageradiuscalculations.Ifa
distributionisusedtodefinetherealheight,thecoverage
radiuswouldbedifferentineachtrial,herethevaluemay
befixed.
Referenceantenna
height(transmitter):
h
0
S m
Theheightusedforcoverageradiuscalculations.
Referencefrequency fvr S MHz
Referencepower P
wt
S dBm
Minimumdistance km
Maximumdistance km
Availability %
Fadingstandard
deviation
dB
Referencepercentage
oftime
%
Table43:descriptionoftheNoiselimitednetworkcoverageradiususerinterface
Assuming that the received power is equal to the sensitivity of the victim receiver, then the radius R
max
can be
determinedforthewantedradiopathbythefollowingequationaccordingtoERCReport68(thisfeatureisavailable
onlyforpredefinedpropagationmodelsandnotforuserdefinedpropagationmodels).
vr vr wt wt slowfading wt vr vr median sens g g P X F env R h h f F + + = + %) ( ) , , , , ( max
wherethepathlossisdefinedbyamedianlossplusanadditionaltermrepresentingthedistribution
%) (X F F p slowfading median loss + =
Thedistributionoftheofthepathloss canbeexpressedinageneralwaybythefollowingequation:
loss
p
y R a Q = + ) , (
max
u
where is thecumulative distribution for R
max
and the resulting mean path loss Q u and an additional path loss
duetoavailabilityorcoverage
a
y . Theavailability yofthe systemislinkedtothecoveragelossthroughthesimple
relationy=1x.Assumingthatslowfadingcanbeapproximatedbylognormaldistribution,i.e.median ~mean,
therelation o b a = canbeintroducedwhere standsforamultipleofthewellknownstandarddeviation b o . A
fewexamplesforillustration:Ata95%coverage, b resultsin1.96,for99%in2.58,for99.9%in3.29,or 1 = b 68%
coverage,for for95.5%.TheexactvaluescanbeeasilydeterminedbyusingtheinverseGaussianfunction. 2 = b

Thentheequation:
o b env R h h f F sens g g P R v wt vr vr median vr vr wt wt + + = ) , , , , ( ) ( max max
The determination of the zero of function v, is made through a recursive method such as regulafalsi used in
logarithmicscalewhichshouldyieldabetterprecision.Thesolutionofsuchamethodprovides:
) (
) ( ) (
~
0 max
1 max 0 max
1 max 0 max
0 max max R v
R v R v
R R
R R

=
Faster convergence can be obtained by applying the distance in logarithmic scale, i.e. the variable R has to be
replaced by . In this case, formulas given for ) log(R
slowfading F vr vr wt wt wt vr vr median sens g g P X env R h h f F + + = %) ( , , , , ( max + ) havetobeinverted.

Note 1: Inverse of the normalised Gaussian cumulative distribution is implemented through a piecewise
approximation.
Note2:Rotobesetto1m(0.001km)
158
Note3:Ifafterrunningthesimulationitappearsthattheresultingcoverageradiusisequalorveryclosetothe
minimumdistanceorthemaximumdistanceusedincalculationofcoverageradius,itislikelythatthereisamistakein
thevaluesprovidedbytheuser.Thiscanbesolvedbyreducingtheminimumdistanceorincreasingtheminimum
distanceusedincalculation,sothatthealgorithmmayfindthecorrespondingcoverageradius.

WhensettingtheR
min
,R
max
values,pleaseobservethevalidityrangeasappropriatefortheselected
propagationmodel.OtherwiseSEAMCATwillproducetheerrormessagewhenstartingasimulation.
A.10.1.3 Trafficlimitednetwork

Figure172:Trafficlimitednetworkcoverageradiusdialogbox
Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Density
max
dens

S 1/km
2
Maximumnumberofactivetransmitterper
km
2

Numberofchannels it
channel
n
S Numberoffrequencychannelsthataradio
systemprovides
Numberofusersper
channel
it
nnel userpercha
n
S NumberofMSperfrequencychannel
providedbyaradiosystem
Frequencycluster it
frequency
cluster
S Sizeofagroupoffrequencychannels.See
Figure126forillustrativedetails.
Table44:Descriptionofthetrafficlimitednetworkcoverageradiususerinterface
Thecoverageradius (Interferinglink)orR R
it
max
wt
max
(Victimlink)isdeterminedfromthefollowingequation:
( ) t =

dens R
n n
cluster
it
channels
it
usersperchannel
it
frequency
it max max
2

hence:
R
n n
dens cluster
it
channels usersperchannel
frequency
max
max
=

t


A.10.2 Simulationradius(Uniformdensityoption)
Thesimulationradiusparameterisusedtodescribetheradiusofthecoveragewheretheinterferingtransmittersare
distributedaroundthevictimreceiver.

159
160
ThisfunctionisaimedforthecalculationofthesimulationradiusR
simu
oftheareawheretheinterferingtransmitters
arespread(centredonthevictimreceiver)i.e.thedistancebetweentheVrandtheIt(
vr it
d

).

Figure 3:Simu ra 17 lation diusdialoguebox

Description Symbol Page Type Unit Comments
Densityof
transmitters
dens
it
m
2
aximumnumberofactivetransmittersperkm
2
S 1/k

M
Probabilityof
ssion transmi
P
it
S %
Activity y
it
activit F 1/h Temporalactivityvariationasafunctionofthetimeof
theday(hh/mm/ss)
Time time S hour

Timeoftheday.Iftheactivityfunction(above)isdefined
bytheuser,hereitshouldbespecifiedwhichhour(from
thedefinedrangeoffunction)shouldbeconsideredina
simulation
p.64 Protection d
0
betweentheVictimreceiverandthe S (km) Minimumdistance
distance Interferingtransmitter
Table45:Settinguptheinterferesdensity
numbero n
active
: factiveinterferersinthesimulation(n
active
shouldbesufficientlylargesothatthe(n+1)
th
interferer
wer). This information is input by the user as described in
Annex1.
ThesimulationradiusofinterfererareaR
simu
isdefinedas
would bring a negligible additional interfering po
active
it
active
simu
dens
n
R =
t

activ

Ifaminimumprotectiondistance betweenthevictimreceiverandinterferingtransmitterisintroducedthenR
resultsin:
wheredens
it
active
isthedensityof etransmittersandisdefinedas

dens dens p activity time
it
active
it it
tx
it
= ( )
) ( 0 d
simu
2
0
d
n
R
active
simu
+ =
dens
it
active
t

Eachtrialwith willberejectedandrepeatedforanothertrialproducing
0
d d
vr it
<

0
d d
vr it
>

.
Annex11 :Powercontrolfunction(fornonCDMAonly)
A.11.1 Powercontrolintheinterferinglink
A power control feature is implemented within SEAMCAT for the interfering link (see example on p. 66). When this
featureisactivated,thisintroducesapowercontrolgainfortheinterferingtransmitter,definedas:
g
itPC
=fPC(p
itsupplied
,g
it

wr
,pl
it

wr
,g
wt

it
,PC
threshold
,PC
dyn
,PC
step
)

where:
p
itsupplied
Powersuppliedbytheinterfererbeforepowercontrol
g
it

wt
Interferingtransmitterantennagaininwantedreceiverdirection
g
wt

it
Wantedreceiverantennagainininterferingtransmitterdirection
pl
it

wr
pathlossbetweentheinterferingtransmitterandthewanted
receiver
PC
threshold
powercontrolreceiverthreshold,ifthereceivedpowerislowerthanthisthreshold,then
nopowercontroltakesplace(dBm)
PC
dyn
powercontroldynamicrange(dB)
PC
step
stepsofpowercontrol(dB)
Thepowerreceivedinthewantedreceiverresultsin:
p=p
itsupplied
+g
it

wr
pl
it

wr
+g
wt

it

Itdistinguishedbetween3cases:
Case1(Receivedpowerbelowpowerthreshold): pPC
threshold

g
itPC
=0
Case(i+1)(withinpowercontrollimits): PC
threshold
+(i1)PC
step
p<PC
threshold
+iPC
step

g
itPC
=(i1)PC
step

whereiisanintegerrangingfrom1ton_step=(PC
dyn
)/(PC
step
)
Case(n_step+2)(beyondpowercontrollimits): pPC
threshold
+PC
dyn

g
itPC
=PC
dyn

A.11.2 Powercontrolinthevictimlink
Thepowercontrol,inthevictimlink,isasimplifiedpowercontrolmechanismwhichensuresonlythatacertaindRSS
isnotexceededinthevictimreceiver.

Thereceivepowerdynamicrangeinputparameter(denotedPc
max
inTable19)isthemaximumrangeofthereceive
power that a victim receiver can accept, interms of themaximum receive power over the Vrs sensitivity threshold.
This means that if the trialled dRSS value exceeds (sens+Pcmax), the dRSS
max
is set to the sensitivity + Receive
powerdynamicrange.Figure174(a)and(b)presentanexampleonhowtosetthePCoffandonrespectively.Figure
175(a)and(b)illustratestheeffectofthepowercontrolinthevictimlinkforPCoffandonrespectively.

161
(a) (b)
Figure174:SettingupthePowercontrolforthevictimlink(a)PCoff(b)PCon

(a) (b)
Figure175:illustrationofthePowercontroleffectonthevictimlink(a)PCoff(b)PConwithalimitof98dBm=
103dBm(sens)+5dB(Pc
max
)
162
Annex12 :ACS,ACLRandACIRapproachinSEAMCAT
A.12.1 General
Whereaninterferertransmitsatafrequencythatliesoutsidethenominalpassbandofthewantedsignal,thelevelof
interferenceexperiencedisafunctionofa)theinterferersspectralleakage,asdefinedbyitsemissionpowerspectral
density,andb)thefrequencyresponseofthefilteringatthereceiver.Thesetwoeffectscanbecharacterisedbythe
interferersadjacentchannelleakageratio(ACLR)andthereceiversadjacentchannelselectivity(ACS)respectively,as
illustratedinFigure176.Thecombinationofthesetwoparameters,intheformof
ACS ACLR
ACIR
1 1
1
+
=
represents the fraction of the received interferer power which is experienced as interference by the receiver, andis
referredtoastheadjacentchannelinterferenceratio(ACIR).
TheACLRofasignalisdefinedastheratioofthesignalspower(nominallyequaltothepoweroverthesignalspass
band) divided by the power of the signal when measured at the output of a (nominally rectangular) receiver filter
centred on an adjacent frequency channel. By setting up the unwanted emission mask in SEAMCAT, it is possible to
displaydirectlytheACLR(facilityonlyavailableintheOFDMAmoduleversion).
The ACS of a receiver is defined as the ratio of the receivers filter attenuation over its passband divided by the
receivers filter attenuation over an adjacent frequency channel. It can be readily shown that ACIR1 = ACLR1+
ACS1.ThevictimreceiverblockingattenuationisusedinSEAMCATtoinputtheACS.

TheACIRisdefinedastheratioofthepowerofanadjacentchannelinterfererasreceivedatthevictim,dividedby
theinterferencepowerexperiencedbythevictimreceiverasaresultofbothtransmitterandreceiverimperfections.
Inotherwords,forareceivedinterfererpoweratafrequencyoffsetfromthewantedsignal,andforanACIR(function
ofthefrequencyoffset),theexperiencedinterferencepowerisreducedbytheACIRassketchedinFigure176.

ACS
1
ACLR
Tx
Rx
Frequency
Offset
frequency
Receiver
filter
Transmiter
mask

Figure176:InterferenceasaresultoflimitedACLRandACS

Note: This kind of description of the adjacent frequency bands parameters for compatibility issues is widely used in
the3GPPstandardization.
163
A.12.2 ACIRinDL
InDLACIR
1
=ACLR
BS
1
+ACS
UE
1
,andthedominantpartofACIRisduetotheUEfrequencyselectivity(ACS)(i.e.ACLR
BS
is
verylargecomparetoACS
UE
andACIRACS
UE
.

Therefore by varying the ACS of the victim receiver, it is possible to compare 3GPP methodology with SEAMCAT
results.

Figure23:IllustrationoftheselectionoftheACS
A.12.3 ACIRinUL
In UL ACIR
1
=ACLR
UE
1
+ACS
BS
1
, and the dominant part of ACIR is due to the UE adjacent channel leakage (ACLR) (i.e.
ACS
BS
isverylargecomparetoACLR
UE
andACIRACLR
UE
.

InSEAMCAT,withtheOFDMAversionitispossibletoextracttheACLR(peradjacentchannel)foranygivenspectrum
mask as shown in Figure 177. Note that the ACLR information is only useful as display for the user to create the
spectrummaskwhichwouldfitaspecificACLR.TheusercandisplaytheACLRforthespectrummaskbyenteringthe
sizeoftheinterferingemissionbandwidthin#1andbyclickingon#2.Bydefault,SEAMCATusesavalueof1.25MHz
forthedisplay.TheACLRvalueitselfisneverusedinanyofthealgorithmofSEAMCAT.

Figure177:SettinguptheunwantedemissionmaskandextracttheACLR.
164
Annex13 :CDMA
A.13.1 ExampleonCDMAoptimalcapacity

Figure178:NoninterferedcapacityfindingDownlink(extractofFigure64)

Users(UEs)percell=20
Numberoftrial=20
Deltanumberofusers(UEs)percell=20
Toleranceofinitialoutage:5%
Numberofbasestations=19
1. Run[numberoftrials]with20UEspercell
a. Eachtrialconsistofthefollowinghighlevelsteps:
i. GenerateCDMAsystemasspecifiedinscenario
ii. Add[UEpercell]x[numberofbasestations]=380UEs
iii. Runpowerbalancingwithoutaddinganyexternalinterference
iv. AfterpowerbalancingnoteifthepercentageofdroppedUEsisbelow5%.
3

v. Countthenumberofsuccessfultrialsandseeifitisstillpossibletoreachthe80%target.
A. After17trialsSEAMCATconcludesitisnotpossibletoreach80%and20UEspercellislessthanthe
specifiedsystemsoptimalcapacity
4

B. Adjust[UEpercell]byadding[deltaUEpercell](20+20=40)andgotostep2.

3
With380UEsinthesystemandatoleranceof5%nomorethan19UEscanbedroppedduringpowerbalancingif
trialistobeconsideredsuccessful
4
Asmorethan80%isalreadysuccessfulthereisnoneedtosimulatemoretrials
165
2. Run[numberoftrials]with40UEpercell
a. Sameasstep(a)abovebutnowthesystemisfilledwith40x19=760UEandallowedoutageis5%of760(38
UEs)
A. Afterrunning5trialsofwhichnonehavebeensuccessfulSEAMCATdeterminesthatthesystemisfilled
withtoomanyusers
B. Adjust[deltaUEspercell]bydividingwith2(20/2=10)
C. Adjust[UEspercell]bysubtracting[deltaUEspercell](4010=30)andgotostep3
3. Run[numberoftrials]with30UEspercell
a. Systemisfilledwith(30x19=570)andtoleranceis28UEs
A. Afterrunning5trialsofwhichnonehavebeensuccessfulSEAMCATdeterminesthatthesystemisfilled
withtoomanyUEs
B. Adjust[deltaUEspercell]bydividingwith2(10/2=5)
C. Adjust[UEspercell]bysubtracting[deltaUEspercell](305=25)andgotostep4
4. Run[numberoftrials]with25UEspercell
a. Systemisfilledwith(25x19=475)andtoleranceis23UEs
A. Afterrunning10trials5ofthemhavebeenunsuccessfulsoSEAMCATdeterminesthatthesystemis
filledwithtoomanyUEs
B. Adjust[deltaUEspercell]bydividingwith2(5/2~3)
C. Adjust[UEspercell]bysubtracting[deltaUEspercell](253=22)andgotostep5
5. Runof[numberoftrials]with22UEspercell
a. Systemisfilledwith(22x19=418)andtoleranceis20UEs
A. After17trialsSEAMCATconcludesitisnotpossibletoreach80%and20UEspercellislessthanthe
specifiedsystemsoptimalcapacity
B. Adjust[deltaUEspercell]bydividingwith2(3/2~2)
C. Adjust[UEspercell]byadding[deltaUEspercell](22+2=24)andgotostep6
6. Runof[numberoftrials]with24UEspercell(letsassumethatitistheendofFigure178)
a. Forthepurposeofthisexampleweassumethat24UEpercellistheoptimalcapacityforthetestedsystem.
b. After20trialsweassumethat16trialsweresuccessfulsooptimalcapacityfindingisterminatedand
SEAMCATstartstheactualsimulation.

166

A.13.2 DetailedinformationonthelastCDMAsnapshot
A.13.2.1 Introduction
When a scenario contains one or more CDMAnetworksSEAMCAT preserves the status of the simulated systemsfor
thelastsnapshot.

Note:Thisstatusiskeptinmemoryonlyandcannotbeaccessedwhenloadingresultsfromaremoteserverorasaved
workspace.Whenanothersimulationisrunafterwards,theCDMAvaluesofthesnapshotarenotdisplayedanymore.

To display the CDMA details, the user should select the CDMA System Details tab as shown in Figure 179. Please
notethatinSEAMCAT3.2thistabisnamedCellularStructure(SeeAnnex14onpage181).

Figure179:Tabstripatbottomofscreenusedtoswitchbetweenvisuallayouts
ClickingthetabbringsfocustothescreenshowninFigure180.PleaserefertoTable46fordetailsonthenumbered
elements.

Figure180:CDMASystemDetails

167
ID Description
1 Plotconfigurationdetermineswhatisshowninthemainplotarea.SeesectiononPlot
configurationbelowfordetails.

2 Legendcanbetoggledfromtheplotconfiguration

3 MainplotareaprovidesvisualinformationonthedisplayedCDMAnetwork.SeePlotAreasection
andAnnexA.13.2.6onp.171belowfordetails.

4 Tipscanbetoggledfromtheplotconfiguration

5 Summaryofsnapshotprovidesafewmetricsonthecapacityoftheshownsystem.SeeSnapshot
Summarysectionbelowfordetails.

6 Selectionofdisplayedsystem.IfmorethanoneCDMAnetworkispresentinthescenariothisishowto
switchbetweenthem.SeeFigureA155
Note:OnlyoneCDMAnetworkcanbeinspectedatatime

7 Whentrisectorlayoutisusedintheselectedsystemthisisusedtoselectthesectorofaselectedbase
station.

8 Detailsofselectedelementclickandelementinthemainplotareatoviewthedetailsinthistable.If
noelementisselectedthetabledisplaygeneralinformationaboutthedisplayedsystem.Pleasereferto
Table50toTable52fordetailsoninformationshownandAnnexA.13.2.5fordetailsonhowtoselect
thecorrectelement.

Table46:Descriptionofvisualelements
168
A.13.2.2 Plotconfiguration
The top part of the detailed system information screen contains a range of checkboxes used to control which
informationisplotted(Figure181).AfulldescriptionofeachcheckboxisgiveninTable47.

Figure181:Plotconfiguration

Name Description
Users PlotactiveUEsacrosstheentiresystem

Droppedusers PlotdroppedUEsacrosstheentiresystem

Connectionlines PlotactiveconnectionsforallactiveUEsthisonlyshowsifUEsarechecked

TXstats Ifsystemisdownlinkthistogglesthedisplayofthetransmitpowerofeachbase
station.Ifsystemisuplinkthistogglesthedisplayofthenoiseriseofeachbase
stationaswellasthetotalinterferenceexperiencedbythatbasestation.Alsothe
numberofactiveUEsconnectedtoeachbasestationisshownregardlessoflink
direction.

AntennaPattern Togglesavisualrepresentationoftheantennapatternoftheselectedbasestation.
Thisismostlyinterestingintrisectorscenarios.Theplotoftheantennapatterncan
beusedtoensurethatthecorrectsectorisselected.(SeeTable46ID7)fordetails
onhowtochangesector.

Cellcentre Togglesthedisplayofbasestationpositionwithinthecell.

ExternalInterferers Togglesthedisplayofexternalinterferers.ThisonlyhaseffectwhenCDMAisvictim.

CellID# TogglesthedisplayoftheinternalSEAMCATcellidnexttothecellcentre

Legend Togglesthedisplayofthelegendinthetopleftpartofthemainplotarea

Table47:Plotconfigurationelements
169
A.13.2.3 SnapshotSummary
ItprovidesafewmetricsonthecapacityresultsofthelastsnapshotasshowninFigure182.

Figure182:Snapshotsummary
Name Description
TotalUsers ThetotalnumberofUEsinthesystem
(numberofBSxUEspercell)

ConnectedUsers
(active/inactive)
NumberofUEsconnected(notdropped)
- Activeisvoiceactive
- Inactiveisvoiceinactive

Theratioofvoiceactivityissetasaninputparametertothesystem.Notethatonly
voiceactiveUEsareusedinthecalculationsandshownintheplot

DroppedUsers NumberofUEsdroppedafterpowerbalancing.IfCDMAisvictimitisthenumberof
UEsdroppedafterintroductionofinterference.NotethatuplinkCDMAdropsUEs
basedontheaveragenoiseriseinthesystemsoitispossibleforasingleinterfererto
shutdowntheentiresystem(causingallUEstobedropped).

Table48:Snapshotsummarydescription
A.13.2.4 CDMAnetworkselection
IfmorethanoneCDMAnetworkisavailableinthescenariothedropdownshownas#6onFigure180isusedtoselect
thesystemshowninthedetailswindow(Figure183).

Figure183:Selectingtheactivesystem
A.13.2.5 PlottingOptions
Theplottingoptionscontrolhowthesystemisshowninthemainplotareaandhowtheuserselectselementsfrom
thesystem.ThispottingoptioncanbeseenontheoverviewpageFigure180.Theusercanzoominandoutbyusing
eitherthemousewheelortheZoomFactorslidershowninFigure184.

Figure184:Zoomfactor
WhenclickingonadisplayeditemSEAMCATtriestomatchthecoordinatesoftheclicktoaCDMAelementselecting
thefirstmatcheditem.Elementsaresearchedinthefollowingorder:
170
Detailedplotclicksearchalgorithm

1. Ifcontrolkeyispressed:
a. IfaUEisalreadyselectedtrytoselectalinkbymatchingclicktooneof:
i. BasestationsinactivelistofselectedUE
ii. Otherbasestationsinthesystem
b. Ifabasestationisalreadyselectedtrytoselectalinkbymatchingclicktooneof:
i. ActiveUEsconnectedtotheselectedbasestation
ii. DroppedUEswhowereconnectedtotheselectedbasestation
2. TrytomatchtoVoiceactiveUEs
3. TrytomatchtoDroppedUEs
4. TrytomatchtoBasestations
5. TrytomatchtoExternalinterferers
6. IfabasestationisalreadyselectedtrytoselectUEbymatchingclicktooneof
a. ActiveUEsconnectedtotheselectedbasestation
b. DroppedUEswhowereconnectedtotheselectedbasestation

Note: Only elements shown in the plot are searched, i.e. if Simulate Non Interfered Capacity is not checked in
Figure101,step5aboveisskipped.

When SEAMCAT tries to match the click to an element it allows for a certain amount of uncertainty when matching
thecoordinates.Thisuncertaintyisalsocalledclickradiustoillustratetheeffectoftheactualclickpointbeinginthe
centreofacircleusedtosearchforCDMAelements.Theclickradiuscanbeadjustedbytheuserandincombination
withthezoomthisallowsforallelementstobeselectedusingthealgorithmsuppliedabove.

Figure185:Clickradiususedtocontrolwhichelementisselected
Itisoftenthecasethatanelementdifferentthandesiredornoelementatallisselectedwhenclickingtheplot.This
problemisresolvedbyzoominginandpossiblychangingtheclickradius.
A.13.2.6 PlotArea
ThemainpartoftheCDMAnetworkDetailswindowisusedbythemainplot.Theplotshowsavisualrepresentation
ofthelastsnapshotandshouldbeusedtovalidatethattheinputparametersactuallycorrespondstothesystemthat
shouldbesimulated.Theplotallowsforheavyuserinteraction.AverybasicexampleisshownFigure186below.

Whenanelementisselectedusingthemainplot,SEAMCATupdatesthetableshownin#8inFigure180.

171

Figure186:MainplotofCDMAnetwork
172
A.13.2.7 DetailsofCDMAnetwork
When an item is selected in the main plot area its details are shown in the details table (Figure 180 #8). The values
showndependonthetypeofelement.Whennoelementisselectedthesystemitselfisconsideredtobeselectedand
thetableisasshowninFigure187.

Figure187:DownlinksystemdetailsseeTable49

Name Description
Linkdirection LinkdirectionoftheCDMAnetwork

Frequency CarrierfrequencyoftheCDMAnetworkasenteredbytheuser

Bandwidth Bandwidthofthesystemasenteredbytheuser

CellRadius ThecellradiusoftheCDMAnetworkisbasedon3GPP2andisequivalenttoRinthe
graphicbelow.

Bitrate Bitrateofthesystemasenteredbytheuser.(usedtocalculatethesystemprocessing
gain)

LinkLevelData Usedtomapthelinklevelsimulation(bitlevel)tothesystemlevelsimulation(SIR
level)asselectedbytheuser

Totalnon
interferedcapacity
SamevalueasshownintheSnapshotsummary.

173
174
Name Description
Noninterfered
capacitypercell
NumberofactiveUEswhentheCDMAnetworkisbalanced.Note:Thisistheresultof
theoptimalcapacityfindingsimulationandthevaluetoextractandinputtoreuse
theresult.

Numberoftrials
duringcapacity
test
Thenumberoftrialsinputparameter

Obtainedsuccess
rate
Theresultofoptimalcapacityfindingforthecapacityused.Thiscanbedifferentthan
thetarget(0.8fordownlinkandtargetnoiseriseforuplink)ifthealgorithmhas
detectednarrowoscillation(backandforthbetweenthesamevalues).Pleaserefer
totheCDMAspecificationformoredetailsonthisalgorithm.

Numberofignored
users(duetoLLD)
Linklevelvaluesareextrapolatedfromthevaluesinputandthereisabuildinhard
codedstopifaUEisrequiringmorethanhalfofreceivedsignaltobethewanted
signal.AnyUEsrequiringmorethanthislimitisautomaticallydropped.Thisnumber
countsthenumberofUEsinthissnapshotdroppedduetothislimit.

Totaldropped
users
TotalnumberofdroppedUEs(bothdueinternalandexternalinterference)

Usersdropped
before
interference
NumberofUEsdroppedbypowerbalancebeforetheintroductionofexternal
interference.AlongwiththetotalnumberofdroppedUEsthisgivesinsightintothe
impactofexternalinterferencecomparedtotheinternalinterference.

Numberofignored
users(duetoLLD)
Duplicatewillberemoved
Propagationmodel Thenameoftheselectedpropagationmodelforthesystem

Maximumtraffic
channel
proportion
Thisisthemaximumtransmitpowerforasingletrafficchannel(UE)deductedfrom
themaximumtransmitpowerforthebasestationsandthespecifiedmaximumtraffic
channelfraction.

Thermalnoise CalculatedvalueofthermalnoisepleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfordetailson
howthisiscalculated.

Percentageof
activeusersin
softhandover
LinearpercentageofvoiceactiveUEswhoareinsofthandover.Thisisvery
dependentontheselectedpropagationmodel.

Percentageof
droppedusersin
softhandover
LinearpercentageofdroppedUEsinsofthandover.

Table49:Downlinksystemdetails
A.13.2.8 Detailsofvoiceactiveuser
WhenavoiceactiveUEisclicked(Figure188)thedetailsshowninFigure189(DL)andFigure190(UL)andTable50is
shown.

Figure188:Voiceactiveuserselected
Figure189:Detailsofvoiceactiveuserdownlink
Figure190:Detailsofvoiceactiveuseruplink

Name Description Link

direction
Userid UEIDintheCDMAnetwork

General
position (x,y)informationinkm

General
status TheUEcanbeoneofconnected/dropped/Notallowedto
connect(seeTable48UEsfordetails).

General
Speed SpeedoftheselectedUE(frominputdistributionparameter)

General
175
176
Name Description Link
direction
Geometry Calculatedgeometry.PleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfor
details.

Downlink
AchievedEC/Ior PleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfordetails.

Downlink
RequiredEC/Ior ExtrapolatedvaluefromLinkLevelData.
PleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfordetails.

Downlink
ExternalInterference ThelevelofexternalinterferenceexperiencedbythisUE

Downlink
Activelist Discontinuedparameterwillberemovedin3.2

General
Connectionlist Discontinuedparameterwillberemovedin3.2

General
Isinsofthandover Trueorfalse

General
Totalpowerreceived
frominactivelist
Sumofinnersysteminterference.Thisisthesumofreceived
powerfromallbasestationstowhichtheselectedUEisNOT
connected.

Downlink
Totalpowerreceived
fromactivelist
Sumofreceivedpowerfromconnectedbasestations.Thisis
includesthepilotpower.

General
Trafficchannelpower Thesumofreceivedtrafficpowerfromconnectedbasestations.
Thisisthewantedsignal.

General
Distancetofirstcellin
activeset
MetricdistancetothebasestationwiththeshortestdistanceindB
(pathloss)

General
Angletofirstcellin
activeset
TheCartesianangle.Usedwhenthebasestationantennahasa
definedhorizontalpattern

General
Elevationangletofirst
cellinactivelist
Onlycalculatedandusedwhenbasestationhasadefinedvertical
pattern

General
Connectedsectorof
firstcellinactivelist
IftrisectorlayoutisusedthisindicateswhichsectortheUEis
connectedto

General
Antennagainfromfirst
BSinactivelist
Actualantennagaintobasestation. General
Multipath Randomlyselectedvalueof1or2usedtodetermineLinkLevel
Data.

Uplink
AchievedCI PleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfordetails.

Uplink
RequiredEb/No ExtrapolatedvaluefromLinkLevelData.
PleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfordetails.

Uplink
Transmitpower TheactualtransmitpowerofthisUE

Uplink
Table50:Parametersofvoiceactiveuserdetails
A.13.2.9 Detailsofinactivelink
WhentheactiveUEisselected(Figure191),CTRLandselectanyBS,todisplaythedetailsofthelinkbetweenthetwo
(Figure192).

DLcase ULcase
Figure191:inactivelink

Figure192:Detailsofselectedlink

Name Description
Userid UEIDofselectedUE

Inuseractivelist FalseorTrue

Cellid IDoftheselectedbasestation

Celllocationid Intrisectorscenariosthecellidisnotalwaysequaltothecellid.The
celllocationsrangefrom119.

Connectedsectorofcelllocation Theconnectedsectoroftheselectedbasestation

Userposition (X,Y)inkm

177
178
Name Description
CellPosition (X,Y)inkm

Usingwraparound Isthelinkusingwraparound?Mostoftenlongconnectionareusing
wraparoundbutitreallydependsontheselectedpropagationmodel.

distance TheBStoUEdistance

BSantennagain Calculatedantennagainforthebasestation

UEantennagain AntennagainfortheUEinputparameter

Pathloss CalculatedpathlossindBfortheselectedlink.

Effectivepathloss ActualvalueofpathlossafteradjustmentforMCL

Horizontalangle AnglefromUEtoBS

Verticalangle AnglefromUEtoBS

Totaltransmitpower Transmitpowerofeitherbasestation(downlink)orUE(uplink)

Powerscaleddowntomax Deprecatedparameterwillberemovedin3.2

Powerscaleddowntomaxby Deprecatedparameterwillberemovedin3.2

Totalreceivedpower Powerreceivedonthislinkbyeitherbasestation(uplink)orUE
(downlink)

Table51:Parametersofselectedlinkdetails
A.13.2.10 DetailsofCDMAcell
WhenaBSisselected,thefollowinginformationisshown(Figure193andFigure194forULandFigure195forDL).

Figure193:BSselected

Figure194:DownlinkBSselected

Figure195:UplinkBSselected




179
180
Name Description Link
direction
CellID IDofselectedbasestation General

Transmitpower TransmitpoweroftheBS Downlink

Totalinterference SumofinternalandexternalinterferenceattheBS Uplink

Numberofservedusers SumofvoiceactiveandvoiceinactiveUEs General

AntennaHeight Valuefromtheinputdistribution General

Numberofdroppedusers UEsdroppedfromthebasestation General

Outagepercentage FractionofconnectedUEsthatweredropped Downlink

Noiseriseoverthermalnoise ThenoiseriseexperiencedattheselectedBS Uplink

Position (X,Y)inkm General

PilotchannelPower Powerforthepilotchannelpowerasdeductedfromthe
pilotchannelfractionandthemaximumtransmitpower

Downlink
Overheadchannelpower Powerfortheoverheadchannelasdeductedfromthe
overheadchannelfractionandthemaximumtransmit
power

Downlink
Numberofactiveusers NumberofconnectedUEswhohasthisBSastheir
primarylink.

Downlink
Intersysteminterference SumofinterferencefromallUEsnotconnectedtothis
BS

Uplink
Externalinterference,Unwanted Unwantedpartofexternalinterference

Uplink
Externalinterference,Selectivity Selectivitypartofexternalinterference

Uplink
Activeconnections NumberusersconnectedtothisBS(primaryand
secondarylinks)

General
IsReferencecell WhenTRUE,thenitisthereferencecell

General
Table52:Parametersofselectedbasestation
Annex14 :OFDMA
A.14.1 Introduction

SimilarlytotheCDMAGUI,WhenascenariocontainsoneormoreOFDMAnetworksSEAMCATpreservesthestatusof
thesimulatedsystemsforthelastsnapshot.ThelastsnapshotispresentedinFigure196.

Figure196:OFDMAsystemdetails
Elements #1 to #6 of Figure 196 are shared components from the CDMA module and explanation can be found in
Annex13.

Component#6,presentstheuserwithaflexibleaccesstovectorresultsoftheOFDMAmodule,sothatusersareable
toprobevariouselementsofthesimulation.

A.14.2 DLalgorithm
Fori=1:#ofsnapshots
1. DistributesufficientlymanyUEsrandomlythroughoutthesystemareasuchthattoeachcellwithin
theHOmarginof3dBthesamenumber K ofusersisallocatedasactiveUEs.
- CalculatethepathlossfromeachUEtoallcellsandfindthesmallestpathloss
- LinktheUErandomlytoacelltowhichthepathlossiswithinthesmallestpathlossplustheHOmarginof
3dB
- SelectKUEsrandomlyfromalltheUEslinkedtoonecellasactiveUEs.These K activeUEswillbe
scheduledduringthissnapshot.
181
- Note:afullloadsystemisassumed,namely,allavailableresourceblocks(RBs)willbeallocatedtoactive
UEs.AndeachUEisscheduledwiththesamenumber N ofRBs.Thus,theBStransmitpowerperUEis
fixed.
Let denotesthemaximumtransmitpowerofBS
Max
BS
P
isthenumberofallavailableRBsineachcell K N M =
isthetransmitpowerfromBStotheactiveUE,and
UE
BS
P

M
N
P P
Max
BS
UE
BS
= .
2. CalculateDLC/IforallactiveUEsinallcells.
- Loopoverallcellsfrom 1 = j to
cell
N (thenumberofcellsinthesystemareae.g.57for19sites
withtrisectorantennas)
- LoopoverallactiveUEsfrom 1 = k to K
- Forthe k thactiveUEinthe j thcell(i.e.
k j
UE
,
)itsC/Iisdenotedby
) , (
) , (
k j I
k j C
,
4. DeterminethethroughputforeachUEwithitsC/Iaccordingtothelinktosystemlevelmapping.
5. Collectstatistics.

A.14.3 ULAlgorithm
Fori=1:#ofsnapshots
1. DistributesufficientlymanyUEsrandomlythroughoutthesystemareasuchthattoeachcellwithin
theHOmarginof3dBthesamenumber K ofusersisallocatedasactiveUEs
- CalculatethepathlossfromeachUEtoallcellsandfindthesmallestpathloss
- LinktheUErandomlytoacelltowhichthepathlossiswithinthesmallestpathlossplustheHOmargin
of3dB
- SelectKUEsrandomlyfromalltheUEslinkedtoonecellasactiveUEs.These K activeUEswillbe
scheduledduringthissnapshot
- Note:afullloadsystemisassumed,namely,allavailableRBswillbeallocatedtoactiveUEs.Andeach
UEisscheduledwiththesamenumber N ofRBs.
2. PerformULpowercontrol
3. CalculateULC/IforallactiveUEsinallcells.
- Loopoverallcellsfrom 1 = j to
cell
N (thenumberofcellsinthesystemareae.g.57for19sites
withtrisectorantennas)
- LoopoverallactiveUEsfrom 1 = k to K
- Forthe k thactiveUEinthe j thcell(i.e.
k j
UE
,
)itsC/Iisdenotedby
) , (
) , (
k j I
k j C
.
4. DeterminethethroughputforeachUEwithitsC/Iaccordingtothelinktosystemlevelmapping.
5. Collectstatistics.

182
Annex15 :Propagationmodels
A.15.1 Introduction
SEAMCAT has the mean to use inbuilt model but also the mean of programming userdefined propagation models.
The plugin concept was chosen to avoid the inherent format limitations of the earlier SEAMCAT versions interface
andmaketheuserdefinedmodeltoworkasfastasanyinbuiltmodel.
A.15.2 Userdefinedmodel(PluginModel)
With the plugin propagation model, the user may define very complex propagation modelling using standard Java
programminglanguage.

Figure197:Propagationplugindialoguebox.
Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Librarypluginclass Selectablebytheuser
Generalenvironment Environmentofthepropagation:urban,rural,
suburban
Userdefinedparameter1 Environmentofthereceiverantenna:outdoor,indoor
Userdefinedparameter2 Environmentofthetransmitterantenna:outdoor,
indoor
Userdefinedparameter3 Environmentofthepropagation:Belowroof,Above
roof
Table53:Descriptionofthepropagationpluginuserinterface
The userdefined propagation model is intended to allow the user to create its own propagation models through a
scriptdescribingthepasslosscalculation.Thisscriptconsistsofasequenceofformulasconformingtoawelldefined
syntaxandmaybeeditedbymeansofstandardtexteditoravailableonthecurrentenvironmentsuchasNotePad.

Following script illustrates the application of userdefined model for simulation of freespaceattenuationtaking into
accountthedifferenceinantennaheight:
L1=32.44;
L2=20log(freq());
L3=10log((dist()xdist())+(hrx()htx())x(hrx()htx())/1000/1000);
L=L1+L2+L3;
evalL;

Detailedandillustrateddescriptionofprogrammingandconnectingpluginswithuserdefinedpropagationmodelis
availableontheonlineSEAMCATmanual.
183
A.15.3 Freespacepropagationmodel(builtin)

Figure198:SEAMCATInterfacetothefreespacepropagationmodel
Forfreespacemodelthepathlossisdefinedby:
( )
f d
h h
L
rx
tx
log 20
1000
log 10 5 . 32
2
2
+
|
|
.
|

\
|
+
|
.
|

\
|
+ =


Whenthevariationcorrespondtothestandarddeviationvariation,whiletheshouldMedianLossconsistsofthepath
losscalculatedvalueL.

Figure199illustrateswhenthevariationisdisabled(i.e.nostd)andtheMedianlossisactive.

Figure199:ExampleofthevectoreventsoftheFreeSpacewhenVariationisdisabled(i.e.equivalentto=0dB)
activeandMedianlossisactive(i.e.mean=91.52dB).
Figure200illustrateswhenthevariationisactive(std==2.5dB)andtheMedianlossisdisabled.

Figure200:Exampleofthedistribution(left)andvectorevents(right)oftheFreeSpacewhenVariation(=2.5dB)
isactiveandMedianlossisdisabled(i.e.theaveragepathlossis0dB).
Figure201presentstheFreeSpacewhenbothVariationandMedianlossareactive.ThevaluepresentedinFigure
199,Figure200andFigure201areextractedwiththefollowingparameters:f=900MHz,d=1km,h
tx
=h
rx
=10m.

184

Figure201:ExampleofFreeSpaceresultswhentheVariation(i.e.=2.5dB)and
Medianloss(mean=91.52dB)areactive
A.15.4 ExtendedHataandExtendedHata(SRD)models(builtin)

Figure202:SEAMCATInterfacetotheextendedHata(SRD)propagationmodel

Description
Symbol Type Unit Comments
Variation
Variationinpathlosstakesintoaccountthe
uncertaintyofbuildingdesign,furniture,
roomsize,etc.Thisisastandarddeviation
whichreferstothemeanoftheMedian
pathloss.
Medianpathloss
Dependingofthedistance,the
environment,thefrequencyandtheheight
185
oftheantenna.
Thisisamean.
Generalenvironment
Environmentofthepropagation:urban,
rural,suburban
Localenvironment(Vr)
Environmentofthereceiverantenna:
outdoor,indoor
Localenvironment(Wt)
Environmentofthetransmitterantenna:
outdoor,indoor
Propagationenvironment
Environmentofthepropagation:Below
roof,Aboveroof(usedforstandard
deviationcalculations)
ONLYUSEDIFVARIATIONOPTIONIS
CHECKED
Wallloss(indoorindoor) S dB
Walllossstddev(indoor
indoor)
S dB
Wallloss(indooroutdoor) S dB
Walllossstddev(indoor
outdoor)
S dB
Lossbetweenadjacentfloor S dB
Empiricalparameters: b
Sizeoftheroom(d
room
) d
room
S m
Heightofeachfloor h
floor
S m
Table54:DescriptionoftheExtendedHataandExtendedHata(SRD)models
A.15.4.1 Calculationalgorithm
TheExtendedHatamodelimplementedinSEAMCATcalculatespropagationlossbetweentransmitterandreceiveras:
f f h h d env L T G
propage
( , , , , ) ( ( ))
1 2
= + o

where:
- f:frequency(MHz)
- h1:transmitterantennaheight,m,aboveground
- h2:receiverantennaheight,m,aboveground
- d:distancebetweentransmitterandreceiver,km
- env:generalenvironment
Symbols:
L =medianpropagationloss(dB)
H
m
=

min( , ) h h
1 2
H
b
=

max( , ) h h
1 2
186
A.15.4.2 MedianpathlossL

Dist.Range Env. FrequencyRange MedianLoss

d<0,04km
( )
( )

+ + + =
2
6
2
10
log 10 log 20 4 . 32
m
b
H H
d f L
d K > 0 1 , m
Urban 30MHz<fs150MHz

( ) ( ) { ( ) }+ + = b H f L , 30 max log 82 . 13 / 150 log 20 150 log 2 . 26 6 . 69

{ } ( ) | | ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) b m b H b H a d H
o
log , 30 max log 55 . 6 9 . 44

150MHz<fs1500MHz
( ) { } ( )+ + = b H f L , 30 max log 82 . 13 log 2 . 26 6 . 69
{ } ( ) | | ( ) ( ) ( ) ( b m b H b H a d H
o
log , 30 max log 55 . 6 9 . 44 )

1500MHz<fs2000MHz

( ) { ( ) } + + = b H f L , 30 max log 82 . 13 log 9 . 33 3 . 46

{ } ( ) | | ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) b m b H b H a d H
o
log , 30 max log 55 . 6 9 . 44

2000MHz<fs3000MHz

( ) ( ) { } ( ) = + + b H f f L , 30 max log 82 . 13 2000 / log 10 log 9 . 33 3 . 46

{ } ( ) | | ( ) ( ) ( ) ( b m b H b H a d H
o
log , 30 max log 55 . 6 9 . 44
+
)

suburban
{ } { } ( )
| | { }
L L
f
=

( )
; ; / .
urban
log 2 150 2000 28 54
2
min max

openarea
{ } { } | | { }
{ } { } | |
L L
f
f
=

+

( )
. ;
. ; ;
.
urban
log
log
4 78 150 2000
18 33 150 2000
40 94
2
min max
min max
; )

0 04 0 1 , , km d km < <

| | ) (0.0 ) (0.
)] (0.0 ) (0. [
)] ( ) ( [
) ( 4 1
4 log 1 log
04 . 0 log log
04 . 0 L L
d
L L

+ =

Table55:DescriptionofthemedianpathlossLdependingonthedistance
Where:
( ) ( ) { } ( ) ( ) { }
a H f
m
= + 11 0 7 10 156 08 0 20 10 . log( ) . log log min ; H . (f) - . max ; H
m m

{ } b H H
b b
( ) ; ( ) = min 0 20 30 log

o =
s
+ + +

1
1 014 187 10 107 10
20
4 3 0 8
d 20 km
20 km < d < 100 km ( . . . )(log )
.
x xf x H
d
b

WhenLisbelowthefreespaceattenuationforthesamedistance,thefreespaceattenuationshouldbeusedinstead.
A.15.4.3 Variationinpathloss
The variation in path loss is achieved by applying the lognormal distribution (slowfading). The relative standard
deviationisgivenbythefollowingequations:
187
Dist.Range Propagationmode StandardDeviation
d k s 0 04 . m
o = 3 . 5
km d km 1 . 0 04 . 0 s <

aboveroof
( )
) (
) . (
. 04 . 0
04 . 0 1 . 0
5 3 12
5 3

+ = d o

belowroof
( )
) (
) . (
. 04 . 0
04 . 0 1 . 0
5 3 17
5 3

+ = d o

01 0 2 . km d km < s .

aboveroof
o = 12

belowroof
o = 17

0 2 0 6 . km d k m < . s

aboveroof
) 2 . 0 (
) 2 . 0 6 . 0 (
) 12 9 (
12

+ = d o

belowroof
) 2 . 0 (
) 2 . 0 6 . 0 (
) 17 9 (
17

+ = d o

0 6 . km d <

o = 9
Table56:Variationinpathloss
A.15.4.4 Indooroutdoorpropagation
UseofthemodifiedHatamodelforindooroutdoorpropagationintroducesthefollowingadditionalterms
Medianloss
L L
indoor outdor
hata
outoor outdor
hata
we
= + L
where:L
we
istheattenuationduetoexternalwalls
Variationinpathloss
Uncertaintyonmaterialsandrelativelocationinthebuildingincreasesthestandarddeviationofthelog
normaldistribution:
o o
indoor outdor
hata
outoor outdor
hata
add
= + ( ) (
2 2
o )
A.15.4.5 Indoorindoorpropagation
Use of the modified Hata model for indoorindoor propagation introduces following adjustments according to the
relativelocationofthepairoftransmitterandreceiver.
Samebuildingcondition
Thefirststepistoestimatewhetherthetransmitterandthereceiverarelocatedinthesamebuilding.Thisis
donetroughastatistictrial.LetusdenotePtheprobabilitythatthetransmitterandthereceiverarelocated
inthesamebuilding.Piscalculatedaccordingtothefollowingscheme:
Dist.Range SameBuilding
Probability
d k s 0 02 . m P=1

0 02 0 05 . . km d km < s

P
d
=
( . )
.
0 05
0 03

0 05 . km d <

P=0
188
TransmitterandReceiverindifferentbuildings
Whentransmitterandreceiverarelocatedindifferentbuildings,thecalculationmodeissimilartothe
indooroutdoorpropagationmodebutwithdoubledadditionalvalues.
Medianpathloss
189
L L L
indoor indoor
hata
outdoor outdoor
hata
we
= + 2
where:L
we
istheattenuationduetoexternalwalls
Variationinpathloss
2 2
) 2 ( ) (
add
hata
tdor ou outoor
hata
indoor indoor
o o o + =


TransmitterandReceiverinsamebuilding
Inthislattercaseaspecificpropagationmodelisused:
f
propag
( f , h
1
, h
2
, d , env ) = L + T ( G ( o ) )

MedianLoss
Thecorrespondingmedianlossisgivenbythefollowingformula:
L indoor indoor d f fix
d
d
L k L
room
wi f
k
k
b
f
f
f
( ) . log( ) . log( ) ( ). . = + + + +
+
+

27 6 20 20
2
1 where
k fix
h h
h
f
floor
=

( )
2 1

andwhere:
L
wi
:lossofwall(default5dB)
L
f
:lossbetweenadjacentfloor(default18.3dB)
b:empiricalparameter(default0.46)
d
room
:sizeoftheroom(default4m)
h
floor
:heightofeachfloor(default3m)
Variationinpathloss
Variation in path loss is modelled as an additional lognormal distribution, in order to take into account the
uncertaintyofbuildingdesign,furnitureoftherooms,etc.Typicallyitissetto10dB.
A.15.4.6 ExtendedHata(SRD)SE24developedpropagationmodel
This model is a modified version of the SE21 Hata model used by the SE24 study group for study of short range
devices.Theonlydifferenceliesintheexpressionoftheantennagainfactorbwhichisnowsimilartothatofantenna
gainfactora:
b=min(0,20log(Hb/30));
tobereplacedby:
b=(1.1log(f)0.7)*min(10,Hb)(1.56log(f)0.8)+max(0,20log(Hb/10));
A.15.5 Sphericaldiffractionpropagationmodel(builtin)


Figure203:SEAMCATInterfacetotheSphericaldiffractionpropagationmodel

Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Variation
Variationinpathlosstakesintoaccountthe
uncertaintyofbuildingdesign,furniture,
roomsize,etc.
Empirical
Medianpathloss
Dependingofthedistance,the
environment,thefrequencyandtheheight
oftheantenna.Itisthefreespace
attenuation.
Generalenvironment
Environmentofthepropagation:urban,
rural,suburban
Localenvironment(Vr)
Environmentofthereceiverantenna:
outdoor,indoor
Localenvironment(Wt)
Environmentofthetransmitterantenna:
190
outdoor,indoor
Wallloss(indoorindoor) S dB

Walllossstddev(indoor
indoor)
S dB

Wallloss(indooroutdoor) S dB

Walllossstddev(indoor
outdoor)
S dB

Lossbetweenadjacentfloor S dB
Empiricalparameters: b
Sizeoftheroom d
room
S m
Heightofeachfloor h
floor
S m
Waterconcentration S g/m^2
Earthsurfaceadmittance
Indexgradient
Refractionlayerprobability
Table57:Sphericaldiffractionpropagationmodel
A.15.5.1 CalculationAlgorithm
AccordingtoITURRec.P.4525themedianlossbetweentransmitterandreceiverisgivenbythefollowingequation:
g d bd
A p L d f p L + + + + = ) ( log 20 log 20 5 . 92 ) (
where:
) ( p L
bd
isthebasiclossindBasfunctionofthetimepercentage p in%
f isthefrequencyinGHz
d isthedistanceinkm
) ( p L
d
isthediffractionlossindBasfunctionofthetimepercentage p in%
g
A istheattenuationduetoatmosphericgasandwaterindB
A.15.5.2 Attenuationduetoatmosphere
Attenuationduetoatmosphereisgivenby
| | d f f A
w O g
) , ( ) ( p + =
where:
) ( f
O
linearattenuationduetodryair(oxygen)indB/km
) , ( f
w
p linearattenuationindB/kmduetowaterasfunction
ofthewaterconcentration p ing/m,defaultvalue:3g/m
BothtermscanbeapproximatedbythefollowingequationsaccordingtoITURRec.P.6761:
Attenuationduetowater:
4 2
2 2 2
10
3 . 26 ) 4 . 325 (
9 . 8
9 ) 3 . 183 (
6 . 10
5 . 8 ) 2 . 22 (
6 . 3
0021 . 0 050 . 0 ) , (

+
+
+
+
+
+ + = p p p f
f f f
f
w

for <350GHz f
Attenuationduetooxygen:
3 2
2 2
3
10
50 . 1 ) 57 (
81 . 4
227 . 0
09 . 6
10 19 . 7 ) (

+
+
+
+ = f
f f
f
O
s f 57GHz
191
) 57 ( 5 . 1 5 . 10 ) ( + = f f
O
57< s f 60GHz
) 60 ( 2 . 1 15 ) ( = f f O 60< s f 63GHz
3 2
2 2
7
10 ) 198 (
47 . 1 ) 118 (
028 . 0
59 . 1 ) 63 (
265 . 0
10 79 . 3 ) (

+

+
+
+
+ = f
f f
f f
O
for >63
GHz
f
Note: Forsimplificationalinearinterpolationbetween57and63GHzisused.Themaximumis15dB/kmfor60
GHz.
A.15.5.3 Attenuationduetodiffraction
AccordingtoITURRec.P.5262,thediffractionloss canbederivedbythereceivedfieldstrength ) ( p L
d
E referred
tothefreespace :
0
E
) ( ) ( ) ( log 20 ) (
2 1
0
Y G Y G X F
E
E
p L
d
+ + = =

where:
X isthenormalizedradiopathbetweentransmitterandreceiver
1
Y isthenormalizedantennaheightofthetransmitter
2
Y isthenormalizedantennaheightofthereceiver
d a f X
e
3
2
3
1
2 . 2

= |
i e
h a f Y
3
1
3
2
3
10 6 . 9

= |
where:
| isaparameterderivedfromtheearthadmittancefactor K : | =1for >20MHz. f
f isthefrequencyinMHz
e
a istheequivalentearthradiusinkm(definitionseebelow)
d isthedistanceinkm
i
h istheantennaheightabovegroundinmwith i =1or2forthetransmitterorreceiver,respectively
Thedistancedependentterm isgivenbythesemiempiricalformula: ) ( X F
X X X F 6 . 17 ) log( 10 11 ) ( + =
Theantennaheightgain isgivenbytheformulaset: ) (Y G
8 ) 1 . 1 log( 5 ) 1 . 1 ( 6 . 17 ) (
2
1
= Y Y Y G for Y >2
) 1 . 0 log( 20 ) (
3
Y Y Y G + = for 2 10 < < Y K
| 1 ) / log( ) / log( 9 log 20 2 ) ( | + + + = K Y K Y K Y G for K Y K 10 10 / < <
K Y G log 20 2 ) ( + = for 10 / K Y <
where:
K isthenormalizedearthsurfaceadmittancefactor(seeITURRec.P.526),defaultvalue:
5
10

Note: AllfrequenciesusedattenuationduetodiffractionhavetheunitMHzincontrasttotheattenuationdueto
atmospherewhereGHzisapplied.
A.15.5.4 EquivalentEarthradius
TheequivalentEarthradius isconsideredtobedependentonthetimepercentage
e
a p accordingto:
) ( 6375 ) ( p k p a
e
=
withtheEarthradiusfactor expressedas: ) ( p k
192
) log 7 . 1 (
) log 7 . 1 (
) 5 ( ) (
0
50 50
|

+ =
p
k k p k for % 50 < p
50
) ( k p k = for % 50 > p
and
N
k
A
=
157
157
50

where:
N A isthemeangradientoftheradiorefractionprofileovera1kmlayeroftheatmospherefromthesurface.The
defaultvalueis40unit/kmforEurope(standardatmosphere).Thisyields 3 / 4
50
~ k and =8500km.
e
a
Note: Themeangradientispositive.
0
| istheexistenceprobability(in%)ofthesuperrefractivelayer( > AN 100unit/km)inthelowatmosphere.
Defaultvalue:1%forEurope.
Note: Theprobabilities p and
0
| aredenotedin%,i.e.arangeofvariety:0...100%.
Note: pissetto50%,i.e.themedianwithrespecttotimeiscomputed.Laterversionsmayallowtochoosea
certaintimepercentage.
A.15.5.5 Rangeofapplication
Thefollowingrestrictionsoftheaforementionedsphericaldiffractionmodelaretobeconsidered:
- Whenusedforoutdooroutdoorenvironmentthemodelpresentsnovariationsevenifthevariations
checkboxischecked.Onthecontraryforindooroutdoororindoorindoorconfigurations,checkingorun
checkingthevariationscheckboxaddssuppressesthevariablecomponentofthecorrespondingcorrections.
- Thefrequencyrangeshouldbelargerthan3GHz,withcautionlowerfrequenciesmaybeusedbutnotbelow
300MHzduetothesurfaceadmittanceandpolarisationeffects.
- Themodelwasdevelopedforopen(rural)area.Therefore,theadditionalattenuationduetoobstacleslike
buildingsfoundinsuburbanorurbanenvironmentisnotincluded.
- Thelossduetorainisnotcovered.
- Thismodelisapplicableonlyforterrestrialradiopaths.
A.15.5.6 Indooroutdoorpropagation
UseoftheSDmodelforindooroutdoorpropagationintroducesthefollowingadditionalterms

Medianloss
Medianlossisincreasedbytheattenuationduetoexternalwalls:
L L
indoor outdoor
sd
outdoor outdoor
sd
we
= + L
G

Variationinpathloss
VariationinpathlossisalreadytakenintoaccountintheSDmodel,throughthecalculationoftheequivalent
earthradius.Thusadditionalvariationduetouncertaintyconcerningmaterialsandrelativelocationofthe
transmitterandreceiverisreflectedbyanadditionallognormaldistributiontrialusingtheabovedefined
o
add
.
f f T
propag indoor outdoor
SD
propag outdoor outdoor
SD
add / /
( ( ))

= + o
A.15.5.7 Indoorindoorpropagation
UseoftheSphericalDiffractionmodelforindoorindoorpropagationintroducesdifferentadditionaltermsregardto
therelativelocationofthetransmitterandreceiver.

Samebuildingcondition
TheSameBuildingconditionisdeterminedinthesamewayasfortheModifiedHatamodel(cf.2.10.1.4.1).

TransmitterandReceiverindifferentbuildings
193
Whentransmitterandreceiverarelocatedindifferentbuildings,thecalculationmodeissimilartothe
indooroutdoorpropagationmodebutwithdoubledadditionalvaluesforbothmedianpathlossand
variationpathloss.

Medianpathloss
MedianpathlossisincreasedbytheattenuationduetoexternalwallsL
we
.
L L
indoor indoor
SD
outoor outd oor
SD
we
= + 2 L

Variationinpathloss
f f T G
propag indoor indoor
SD
propag outdoor outdoor
SD
add / /
( ( ))

= + 2o

TransmitterandReceiverinsamebuilding
ThecalculationisthesameasfortheModifiedHataModel.Referto2.10.1.4.3.
A.15.6 ITURRecommendationP.15461propagationmodel


Figure204:SEAMCATInterfacetotheP15461propagationmodel

Description Symbol Type Unit Comments
Generalenvironment Environmentofthepropagation:urban,
rural,suburban
Localenvironnent(Vr) Environmentofthereceiverantenna:
outdoor,indoor
Localenvironment(Wt) Environmentofthetransmitterantenna:
outdoor,indoor
Transmittersystem(Analog
/Digital)

TransmittersystemBandwidth Bt S MHz
Table58:ITURRecommendationP.15461propagationmodel
A.15.6.1 Calculationalgorithm
This propagation model is described in Recommendation ITUR P.15461, which was developed based on the prior
modelinRecommendationITURP.370.Recommendationproposesapropagationmodelforpointtoareaprediction
194
of field strength for the broadcasting, land mobile, maritime mobile and certain fixed services (e.g. those employing
pointtomultipointsystems)inthefrequencyrange30to3000MHzandforthedistancerange1kmto1000km.The
modelprovidedinRecommendationITURP.15461shouldbeusedinthefrequencyrange(30to3000MHz)andthe
samedistancerange(1kmto1000km).

Parametersofthispropagationmodelarelistedbelow:
Pathdependantparameters(constantduringasimulationforagivenpath)are:
- Timepercentage: pt(%)
- Transmittersystem:analog/digital
- Transmitterbandwidth:B
t

- Globalenvironment:rural,suburban,urban
Variableparameters(whichvaryforeacheventofasimulation):
- Effectiveheightoftransmitterantenna(seetheRec.P.1546fordefinition):h
t
(m)
- Receiverantennaheight(aboveground,seeheightoflocalclutterinsection(6)below):h
r
(m)
- Frequencyf(MHz)
- Distanced(km)

ForcalculationofthepathlossaccordingtoRecommendationITURP.1546thefollowingprocedureisfollowed:

1)Checkrangeofapplicationofthepropagationmodelregardingtimepercentage,frequency,distance,and
antennaheight:
- Timepercentage: 1%<pt<50%

SEAMCATdoesnotdisplaywarningifthetimepercentageparameterissetbytheUserbeyond
50%!
- Frequency: 30MHz<f<3000MHz
- Distance: 0.001km<d<1000km
- Transmitterantennaheight: 0m<h
t
<3000m
- Receiverantennaheight:1m<h
r
<3000m
2)Determinationoflowerandhighernominalpercentagespt
inf
andpt
sup
:
Ift<10thenpt
inf
=1%andpt
sup
=10%elsept
inf
=10%andpt
sup
=50%
3)Determinationofthelowerandhighernominalfrequencies:
Iff<600MHzthenf
inf
=100MHzandf
sup
=600MHzelsef
inf
=600MHzandf
sup
=2000MHz
4)Ifh
t
>10m:calculatefieldstrengthE(f=f

,d,h
t
,h
r
,t)4):

4.1)Calculationofthefourfollowingfieldstrengths:
- E(f=f
inf
,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
inf
)
- E(f=f
sup
,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
inf
)
- E(f=f
inf
,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
sup
)
- E(f=f
sup
,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
sup
)
accordingtotheproceduredescribedinsteps4.1.1.to4.1.4.
4.1.1)Calculatethedimensionlessparameterk,functionoftherequiredtransmitterheight,h
t
:
) 2 log(
375 . 9
log

=
t
h
k
4.1.2)Determinefromthefollowingtablethesetofparametersa
0
toa
3
,b
0
tob
7
,c
0
toc
6
andd
0
tod
1
tobe
usedaccordingtonominalvaluesoffrequenciesandtimepercentages:

195
Frequency 100MHz 600MHz 2000MHz
pt% 50 10 1 50 10 1 50 10 1
a
0
0.0814 0.0814 0.0776 0.0946 0.0913 0.0870 0.0946 0.0941 0.0918
a
1
0.761 0.761 0.726 0.8849 0.8539 0.8141 0.8849 0.8805 0.8584
a
2
30.444 30.444 29.028 35.399 34.160 32.567 35.399 35.222 34.337
a
3
90.226 90.226 90.226 92.778 92.778 92.778 94.493 94.493 94.493
b
0
33.6238 40.4554 45.577 51.6386 35.3453 36.8836 30.0051 25.0641 31.3878
b
1
10.8917 12.8206 14.6752 10.9877 15.7595 13.8843 15.4202 22.1011 15.6683
b
2
2.3311 2.2048 2.2333 2.2113 2.2252 2.3469 2.2978 2.3183 2.3941
b
3
0.4427 0.4761 0.5439 0.5384 0.5285 0.5246 0.4971 0.5636 0.5633
b
4
1.256E7 7.788E7 1.050E6 4.323
E
6 1.704
E
7 5.169
E
7 1.677E7 3.126E8 1.439E7
b
5
1.775 1.68 1.65 1.52 1.76 1.69 1.762 1.86 1.77
b
6
49.39 41.78 38.02 49.52 49.06 46.5 55.21 54.39 49.18
b
7
103.01 94.3 91.77 97.28 98.93 101.59 101.89 101.39 100.39
c
0
5.4419 5.4877 4.7697 6.4701 5.8636 4.7453 6.9657 6.5809 6.0398
c
1
3.7364 2.4673 2.7487 2.9820 3.0122 2.9581 3.6532 3.547 2.5951
c
2
1.9457 1.7566 1.6797 1.7604 1.7335 1.9286 1.7658 1.7750 1.9153
c
3
1.845 1.9104 1.8793 1.7508 1.7452 1.7378 1.6268 1.7321 1.6542
c
4
415.91 510.08 343.24 198.33 216.91 247.68 114.39 219.54 186.67
c
5
0.1128 0.1622 0.2642 0.1432 0.1690 0.1842 0.1309 0.1704 0.1019
c
6
2.3538 2.1963 1.9549 2.2690 2.1985 2.0873 2.3286 2.1977 2.3954
d
0
10 5.5 3 5 5 8 8 8 8
d
1
1 1 2 1.2 1.2 0 0 0 0

4.1.3)Calculatetheunblendedtomaximumvaluefieldstrength,E
u
,atthedistance,d,andtransmitting
height,h
t
,asfollows:

+
=
+
b b
b
p
E
p
E
p
E E
b u
p E
2 1
2 1
10 10
10
log

where: k d d p
b
+ =
1 0

and: ( )
3
2
2 1
2
0
8671 . 1 1995 . 0 ) log( 1 a k k d a k a k a E + + + + + =
and: E E E
ref off
2 = +
where:
| | | |
7 6
2
3
2
1 4 0
) log(
) log(
exp 1 10 exp b d b
b
b d
b b b E
ref
+

|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
c

where: and:
5
) log(
b
d = c
196
6
5
4
3
2 1
0
) log( tanh 1
2
c
k
off
k c
c
c
c d c k
c
E +

=
4.1.4)Calculatetheblendedtothefreespacevalueoffieldstrength,E
b
,atthedistance,d,andtransmitting
height,h
t
,asfollows:

+
=
+
bb
fs
bb
u
bb
fs u
p
E
p
E
p
E E
bb b
p E
10 10
10
log
where:
E
fs
isthefreespacefieldstrength
E
fs
=106.920log(d) dB(uV/m)
p
bb
isablendcoefficientsettovalue8.
4.2)CalculationofthefieldstrengthE(f,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
inf
)usingloglinearinterpolationinfrequencyrange:
E=E
inf
+(E
sup
E
inf
)log(f/f
inf
)/log(f
sup
/f
inf
)(dB(uV/m))
where:
E
inf
: E(f=f
inf
,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
inf
)
E
sup
: E(f=f
sup
,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
inf
)

4.3)DualcalculationforthefieldstrengthE(f,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
sup
)usingloglinearinterpolationinfrequency
range:
E=E
inf
+(E
sup
E
inf
)log(f/f
inf
)/log(f
sup
/f
inf
)(dB(uV/m))
where:
E
inf
: E(f=f
inf
,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
sup
)
E
sup
: E(f=f
sup
,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
sup
)
4.4) Calculation of the field strength E(f, d, h
t
, h
r
, pt) using loglinear interpolation formula in time
percentagerange:
E=E
sup
(Q
inf
Q
t
)/(Q
inf
Q
sup
)+E
inf
(Q
t
Q
sup
)/(Q
inf
Q
sup
)(dB(V/m))
Where:(Q
i
(x)beingtheinversecomplementarycumulativenormaldistributionfunction):
Q
t
=Q
i
(pt/100)
Q
inf
=

Q
i
(pt
inf
/100)
Q
sup
=Q
I
(pt
sup
/100)
E
inf
=E(f,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
inf
)
E
sup
=

E(f,d,h
t
,h
r
,pt
sup
)
5)Foratransmitting/baseantennaheighth
t
lessthan10m,determinethefieldstrengthfortherequiredheight
anddistanceusingfollowingmethod

Theprocedureforextrapolatingfieldstrengthatarequireddistancedkmforvaluesofh
t
intherange0mto10mis
based on smoothEarth horizon distances in km written as d
H
(h) = 4.1\h, where h is the required value of
transmitting/baseantennaheighth
t
inmetres.

For d < d
H
(h
t
) the field strength is given by the 10 m height curve at its horizon distance, plus AE, where AE is the
differenceinfieldstrengthsonthe10mheightcurveatdistancesdandtheh
t
horizondistance.

197
Ford>d
H
(h
t
)thefieldstrengthisgivenbythe10mheightcurveatdistanceAdbeyonditshorizondistance,whereAd
isthedifferencebetweendandtheh
t
horizondistance.

This may be expressed in the following formulae where E

10
(d) is the field strength in dB(V/m) calculated for
transmitterantenna10mandforadistanced(km)accordingtotheproceduredescribedinstep4:
E =E
10
(d
H
(10))+E
10
(d)E
10
(d
H
(h
t
)) dB(V/m)d<d
H
(h
t
)
= E
10
(d
H
(10)+dd
H
(h
t
)) dB(V/m)d>d
H
(h
t
)
Ifinthelatterequationd
H
(10)+dd
H
(h
t
)exceeds1000km,eventhoughds1000km,E
10
maybefoundfromlinear
extrapolationforlog(distance)ofthecurve,givenby:

E
10
= E
inf
+(E
sup
E
inf
)log(d/D
inf
)/log(D
sup
/D
inf
) dB(V/m)
where:
D
inf:
penultimatetabulationdistance(km)
D
sup:
finaltabulationdistance(km)
E
inf:
fieldstrengthatpenultimatetabulationdistance(dB(V/m))
E
sup:
fieldstrengthatfinaltabulationdistance(dBV/m))
Note: this recommendation is not valid for distances greater than 1 000 km. This method should be used only for
extrapolatingforh
t
<10m.

6)Ifthereceivingantennaheighth
r
isnotequaltotheheightofrepresentativeclutteratitslocation(denotedR),
correctthefieldstrengthasfollows:

The fieldstrength values given by the land curves and associated tabulations in this recommendation are for a
reference receiving antenna at a height, R (m), representative of the height of the ground cover surrounding the
receiving/mobileantenna,subjecttoaminimumheightvalueof10m.

The SEAMCAT always assumes the height of local clutter R , depending on the propagation environment set in the
modelselectionwindow:

Selectedenvironment Assumedheightoflocalclutter,m
Rural 10
Suburban 10
Urban 20

If the receiving antenna height, h

r
(m), is different from the assumed R value, as shown in the above table, a
correctionshallbeaddedtothefieldstrengthtakenfromthecurve.

Wherethereceivingantennaisadjacenttolandaccountshouldfirstbetakenoftheelevationangleofthearrivingray
bycalculatingamodifiedrepresentativeclutterheightR'(m),givenby:
R' = R (m) forh
t
s6.5d+R (1)
=(1000dR15h
t
)/(1000d15) (m)forh
t
>6.5d+R (2)
whereh
t
isinmetresanddistancedisinkm.

ThevalueofR'mustbelimitedifnecessarysuchthatitisnotlessthan1m.

Whenthereceivingantennaisinanurbanenvironmentthecorrectionisthengivenby:
Correction=(6.03h
r
/R')J(v) dB forh
r
<R
=K
hr
log(h
r
/R') dB forh
r
>R
whereJ(v)isgivenby:

|
.
|

\
|
+ + + = 1 . 0 1 ) 1 . 0 ( log 20 9 . 6
2
v v J(v)
where:
v = K
nu
\(h
dif
u
clut
)
198
h
dif
= R'h
r
(m)
u
clut
= arctan(h
dif
/15)(degree)
K
hr
= 3.2+6.2log(f)
K
nu
= 0.0108\f
f = frequency(MHz)
Wherethereceivingantennaisadjacenttolandinaruralenvironmentthecorrectionisgivenbytheaboveequation
(2)forallvaluesofh
r
.

Iftherequireddistanceisequaltoorgreaterthand
10
,thenagainthecorrectionfortherequiredvalueofh
2
shouldbe
calculatedusingaboveequation(2)withR'setto10m.

Iftherequireddistanceislessthand
10
,thenthecorrectiontobeaddedtothefieldstrengthEshouldbecalculated
using:
Correction =0.0 dB dsd(h
r
)
=(C
10
)log(d/d
hr
)/log(d
10
/d
hr
) dB d
hr
<d<d
10

where:
C
10
: correctionfortherequiredvalueofh
r
atdistanced
10
usingequation(2)withR'setto10m,
d
10
: distanceatwhichthepathjusthas0.6Fresnelclearanceforh
r
=10m
calculatedasD
06
(f,h
t
,10)asgiveninnote2
d
h
h
h
r
r
r
: distanceatwhichthepathjusthas0.6Fresnelclearancefortherequiredvalueofh
r
calculatedas
D
06
(f,h
t
,h
r
)asgiveninnote2

Thisrecommendationisnotvalidforreceivingantennaheights,h
r
,lessthan1m.

7)AddalognormaltermG(o
L
)correspondingtothevariabilityinthepercentageoflocations:

Valuesofstandarddeviationfordigitalsystemshavingabandwidthlessthan1MHzandforanaloguesystemsare
givenasafunctionoffrequencyby:
o
L
=K+1.6log(f) dB
where:
K = 2.1formobilesystemsinurbanlocations;
3.8formobilesystemsinsuburbanlocationsoramongstrollinghills;
5.1foranaloguebroadcastingsystems.
Fordigitalsystemshavingabandwidthof1MHzorgreater,astandarddeviationof5.5dBshouldbeusedatall
frequencies.

8)Ifnecessary,limittheresultingfieldstrengthtothemaximumvaluecalculatedasfollows:

ThefieldstrengthmustnotexceedamaximumvalueE
max
givenby:
E
Max
=E
fs
dB(uV/m) forlandpaths
whereE
fs
isthefreespacefieldstrengthfor1kWe.r.p.givenby:
E
fs
=106.920log(d)(dB(uV/m))
9) Convertfieldstrengthtopathlossusingfollowingformula:

L
b
=77.2E20logf(dB)
where:
L
b
:basictransmissionloss(dB)
E:fieldstrengthindB(uV/m)measuredwithatransmittingpowerof1We.i.r.p.
199
f:frequency(MHz).

Note1:Thefollowingapproximationtotheinversecomplementarycumulativenormaldistributionfunction,Qi(x),is
validfor0.01sxs0.99:
Q
i
(x)=T(x)c(x) ifxs0.5
Q
i
(x)={T(1x)c(1x)} ifx>0.5
where:
)] ln( 2 [ x T(x) =

1 ) ( ] ) ( ) ) ( [(
)] ( ) ) ( [(
) (
1 2 3
0 1 2
+ + +
+ +
= c
x T D x T D x T D
C x T C x T C
x
C
0
=2.515517
C
1
=0.802853
C
2
=0.010328
D
1
=1.432788
D
2
=0.189269
D3=0.001308
Note2:thepathlengthwhichjustachievesaclearanceof0.6ofthefirstFresnelzoneoverasmoothcurvedEarth,for
agivenfrequencyandantennaheightsh
t
andh
r
,isgivenapproximatelyby:
km
06
h f
h f
D D
D D
D
+
=
where:
D
f
: frequencydependentterm
= km
2 1
0000389 . 0 h h f
D
h
: asymptotictermdefinedbyhorizondistances
= ) ( 1 . 4
r t
h h + km
f: frequency(MHz)
h
t
,h
r
: antennaheightsabovesmoothEarth(m)
Intheaboveequations,thevalueofh
t
mustbelimited,ifnecessary,suchthatitisnotlessthanzero.Moreover,the
resultingvaluesofD
06
mustbelimited,ifnecessary,suchthatitisnotlessthan0.001km.

Note3:thecaseh
t
islessthanzerodescribedintherecommendationisnothandled.

Note4:nocorrectionduetoterrainclearanceangleisimplemented.

200
Annex16 :Softwareguidance
A.16.1 MeaningofconsistencycheckandSEAMCATerrormessage
UsingSEAMCAT,unclearerrormessagescanpopupwithoutanyrealdefinitionofthereasonwhy.Thisannexisaimed
toexplainthemeaningoftheseerrormessages.
A.16.1.1 WarningXXXisnotafloatingpointvalue
Thiserrormessagemeansthatanemptyfieldhasbeeninputinsteadofanumber.
A.16.1.2 Consistencycheck
This function is performed prior to simulation with the aim of detecting incorrect or questionable input values. The
ConsistencycheckisperformedbySEAMCATattwoinstances:
- immediateindividualcheckuponenteringcertainparametersand
- globalconsistencycheckwhenstartingthesimulation.

Individualscalarparameterssuchasantennagainsarecheckedwhentheuserentersavalueforentitiesasantenna,
pairoftransmitterandreceiverorlink.ExamplesofparameterswithassociatedconstraintsarelistedinTable59.

Natureoftheparameter Type Constraint

Antennahorizontalpattern
Anglebetween0and360
Antennaverticalpattern
Anglebetween90and90
Table59:Individualconstraintsforscalarparameters
Aglobalconsistencycheckisperformedwithscenarioparameterswhentheuserstartsthesimulation.Asummaryof
whatthecontrolcoversispresentedinTable60.

Checkedparameters Constraint/warning Status

ReceiverC/I,C/N+I,N+I/N,
I/N
Consistencycheckbetweeninterferencecriteriaistobeperformed:
- BetweenC/IandC/N+I:C/ImustbehigherthanC/N+I.
- BetweenC/I,C/(N+I),and(I+N)/Iifthese3parametersare
defined.
c

+ =
+
+

1 10
1
1 log 10
10
10
I N
C
I
C
N
I N

- BetweenC/I,C/(N+I),andI/Nifthese3parametersare
defined.
c

1 10 log 10
10
10
dB
N I
C
I
C
dB
N
I

- BetweenI+N/IandI/Nifthesetwoparametersaredefined.
c

+ =

10
10
10 1 log 10
dB
N
I
dB
N
I N

Duetothenonadditiveformulalinkingtheseparameters(seebelow)
Warning
201
atoleranceofdBistobeusedwithavalueof0.5dB

ThefollowingdefaultvaluesfortheC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/NandI/Nof
19dB,16dB,3dBand0dBrespectivelyavoidthedisplayofa
warning.

Allrandomparameters
Ifdistributiontypeisuniformdiscrete,checkthatX
max
X
min
is
multipleofthestep.
- Note that this condition is not mandatory to the use of this
distribution.
Warning
Allrandomparameters
exceptPathdistancefactor
distribution
Useoffollowingdistributiontypeisinappropriate
- Uniformpolar(distance)
Warning
Allrandomparameters
exceptPathazimuth
distribution
Useoffollowingdistributiontypeisinappropriate:
- Uniform(angle)
Warning
Distancefactordistributions Useoffollowingdistributiontypeisinappropriate:
Constant
Warning
CoherencebetweenVictim
Receivermasks(blocking
rejectionand
intermodulationrejection)
andinterferingtransmitter
frequencydistribution.
Incaseofuniformorconstantfrequencydistributionforthe
interferingtransmitter,checkthatthedefinitionintervalofthe
distributionistotallyincluded:
- Intheblockingrejectionmask
- Intheintermodulationrejectionmask
Error
Coherencebetween
InterferingTransmitter
masks(Unwantedemission
andunwantedemissions
floor)andvictimreceiver
frequencydistribution.
Incaseofuniformorconstantfrequencydistributionforthevictim
receiver,checkthatthedefinitionintervalofthedistributionis
totallyincluded:
- Intheunwantedemissionsmaskifnotconstant
- In the interfering transmitter bandwidth if the unwanted
emissionsmaskisassumedconstant.
- In the intermodulation rejection mask if more than two
interferinglinksaredefined.
Error
Table60:Globalconsistencycheckparameters
A.16.1.3 Exampleofconsistencycheckandtheirsolutions
Frequencyoutofrangeconsistencycheck:WhentheusersetuptheoperatingfrequencyoftheItandtheVrsofar
apartthattheItemissionmaskandtheVrmaskdonot overlapasillustratedinFigure206,theconsistencywarning
messageofFigure205ispromptedbySEAMCATfortheusertocorrectit.

Solution:modifytheoperatingfrequenciesorthesizeofthespectrummaskssothatanoverlapisoccurring.

Figure205:Frequencyoutofrangeconsistencycheckwarning.

202
InterfererTransmitter
emissionmask
VictimReceiver
Mask

Figure206:IllustrationofthewarningdisplayedinFigure205.
CDMAlinkdirectionmismatch:WhentheusersetuptheCDMAlinkdirectiondifferentlythanthelinkdirectionofthe
linkleveldataasillustratedinFigure207,theconsistencywarningmessageofFigure208ispromptedbySEAMCATfor
theusertocorrectit.

Solution:Theuseristoselectthesamelinkdirection.

Figure207:IllustrationofthelinkmismatchbetweentheCDMAcomponentandthelinkleveldata.

Figure208:CDMAlinkdirectionmismatchconsistencycheckwarning
A.16.2 InstallationtroubleshootFAQ
Note:ThisisalistofvariousFrequentlyAskedQuestions(FAQ)withregardstotheinstallationofSEAMCATsoftware.
Please have a look at the following to solve your problem. If the problem with installation persists, contact the ECO
describingtheproblemandsupplyingscreenshotsofanyerrormessagesdisplayedduringinstallation.

Q:HowdoIchangetheSEAMCAThomedirectory
A:
1. gotofile/configuration(Figure209#1)
2. clickonclearSEAMCATHomeselection(Figure209#2)
3. clickok(Figure209#3)
899.8 fv=900MHz fi=901MHz 901.5
Nooverlap
inthemasks
900.5 900.2 freq.
400kHz 1MHz
203

Figure209:AccesstotheSEAMCATconfigurationwindow
4. closeSEAMCAT
5. openSEAMCAT,youwillgetthefollowingwindow

Figure210:Selectionofanewhomedirectory
Q:HowdoIinstallSEAMCAT3onmyPC?
A: You simply need to click on the link provided on www.seamcat.org. There are two options to automatically
downloadthenecessaryelementstoyourPC(duringfirstinstallationyouwillbeofferedachoiceofwheretoinstall
SEAMCAT directory) and then will start itself. During this installation, normally a special SEAMCAT icon should be
createdonyourdesktop.LateryoumaylaunchSEAMCAT3bysimplyclickingonthaticon.

Q:IdonothaveJavainstalledonmyPC,howshouldIruntheSEAMCAT3?
A:If you do not have previously installed Java Runtime Environment on your PC, it will be automatically installed
duringthefirstinstallationofSEAMCAT3.Alternatively,youmayyourselfpreinstallJavafreeofchargefromtheSun
websiteatwww.java.com.

Q:Ipressedthelink,buttheinstallationhasnotbeencompleted
A: First of all, make sure that you have administrator rights on your PC, i.e. the right to install programmes, before
pressing the SEAMCAT3 installation link. If the problem occurs when the user with administrator rights is trying to
installsoftware,pleasemakesurethattheFirewallisnotsettoblockinstallationofnewprogrammes.Youmayneed
toaskadviceofyourITadministratoronthesepoints.

Q:Ipressedtheinstallationlink,thistransferredmetoJavawebsite,andnothinghappenedafterwards?
A:IfyouhavebeentransferredtoJavawebsite,thismeansthatyourPCdoesnothaveJavaRunTimeEnvironment
installed,whichisneededforSEAMCAT3torun.Normallytheinstallationprocesswouldcheckwhetheryouhavethe
Java installed on your PC and would automatically take you to Java web site to download the free version of Java
Runtime Environment and afterwards would proceed with installation of SEAMCAT. If the process has stopped, this
could mean that eitheryoudo not have administrative rights to install new softwareon your PC orFirewall settings
precludeyoufromdoingso.

Q:SEAMCATdoesnotstartanymoreafterthattheautomaticdownloadwasinterrupted
A:ThisissuemayhappenwhentheconnectionmaybelostlikewhenusingWLAN.Whenthishappen,somepartof
SEAMCATisinstalledbutnotallofitandyouneedtoremoveSEAMCATentirelyfromyourmachine.

Thecompleteprocedure(forMicrosoftOS)isasfollows:
204
1. ControlPanel/OpenJavaunderGeneralopenTemporaryInternetFiles
2. DeleteallthefilesControlPanel/AddorRemoveProgramsuninstallSEAMCAT
3. Then,gotowww.seamcat.organdreinstallSEAMCATthistimewithagoodconnection
A.16.3 DebugmodeinSEAMCAT
SEAMCATallowstwooptionstogeneratetwodistinctlogfiles.
A.16.3.1 AutomaticSEAMCATlog
ThislogfileisautomaticallygeneratedbySEAMCATandisusedtodebugtheJavaapplication(i.e.remoteconnection,
GUIissuesetc..).Theusercanselect/browsethefilenameanddirectoryformtheSEAMCAToptionsandalsothelog
level.Thedefaultfilenameisseamcat.log.

Figure211:Logfileseamcat.logautomaticallygeneratedbySEAMCAT
A.16.3.2 Userdebuglogfile
ThislogfileisgeneratedbySEAMCATwhentheuserselectsthedebugmodeasshowninFigure212.Thisallowsthe
usertodebugthecalculationmadebySEAMCATanditisworkspacedependent.Remembertoselectalownumberof
snapshotstoavoidbigsizeoflogfile(bydefaultitisautomaticallyreducedto5events).However,iftheuserwould
needmoresnapshotsforinspection,thenumberofeventscouldbemanuallyincreasedtothedesirednumber.

Figure212:Userselectabledebugfile

The output of the file (.sws filename_date_number.log) is indicated to the user by the popup window as shown in
Figure213.

Figure213:Filenameanddirectoryoutputforthedebuglogfile

205
Annex17 :Referencematerialandworkspaces
A.17.1 Introduction
ThefollowingexamplesaregiventohelpunderstandhowSEAMCAThasbeenusedinpreviousstudiesandtogivea
guidetothevaluesusedfordifferenttechnologies.

Thescenariosandparameterscontainedinthesereportsshouldonlybeusedasainitialguidewhenyouarestarting
todevelopyoursimulation.

ThefollowingreportscanbefoundattheECOwebsitewww.erodocdb.dk
A.17.2 SummaryofECC/CEPTreports

Technology Interferencecriteria
U
M
T
S

U
W
B

D
V
B

F
S

G
S
M

G
S
M

P
L

P
M
R

P
W
M
S

R
A
S

R
N
S

S
a
t
e
l
l
i
t
e

T
E
T
R
A

P
o
w
e
r

f
l
u
x

d
e
n
s
i
t
y

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

C
/
I

C
/
(
I
+
N
)

(
N
+
I
)
/
N

I
/
N

C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

l
o
s
s

ECCReport076 X X
ECCReport093
CEPTReport16
X

X

X X
ECCReport096 X X X
ECCReport099 X X X
ECCReport104 X X X
ECCReport121 X X X
ECCReport122
CEPTReport28
X

X

X X X
ECCReport123 x X X
ECCReport128 X X X X
Table61:ListofECCReport/CEPTReportcontainingSEAMCATworkspaces
A.17.3 DetailofECC/CEPTreports
ECCReport076:CrossBordercoordinationofMultipointFixedWirelessSystemsinfrequencybandsfrom3.4GHZ
to33.4GHz.(February2006)

This ECC Report addresses the issue of finding a most suitable method and criteria for crossborder coordination
betweenpointtopoint(PP)systemandmultipointfixedwirelessaccess(FWAMP)systemlocatedondifferentsides
ofanationalborder.

Theannexcontainsanexampleforcalculationofpowerfluxdensityatadistanceof15kmacrosstheborderofacell.

Centralstation Terminalstations/TE
Bandwidth 3.5MHz 3.5MHz
Max.outputpower;withpowercontrol 35dBm 27dBm
AntennaRPEcharacteristic(accordingEN3023263) 9dBiomnidirectional
17dBi;=60sector
4dBiomnidirectional
20dBidirectional
Antennaheight(abovegroundlevel) 20m 3m/20m
RXsensitivityRSL16QAM(accordingEN3023262) 74dBm 74dBm
Numberofsnapshots(fullyloadedchannel) 1000
Table62:ExampleoftechnicalcharacteristicsusedinECCReport076
206
ECC Report 093 and CEPT Report 16 :Compatibility between GSM equipment on board aircraft and terrestrial
networks.RevisedECCReportwithAnnexG(May2008)

This report considers the technical impact on terrestrial mobile networks of introducing a GSM service onboard
aircraft(GSMOB)operatingataheightofatleast3000mabovegroundlevelinthe1800MHzband(17101785MHz
for uplink (terminal transmit, base station receive) / 18051880 MHz for downlink (base station transmit, terminal
receive)).

The GSMOB system considered in the report consists of a Network Control Unit (NCU), to ensure that signals
transmitted by terrestrial mobile systems are not visible within the cabin, and an aircraft BTS (acBTS) to provide
connectivity. Combined they are designed to ensure that the mobile stations on board the aircraft (acMS) only
transmitattheminimumlevelof0dBmnominalvaluewitha0dBiantennagain.TheparametersfortheNCUandac
BTSwerederivedfromtheoreticalmodels.

The following terrestrial networks have been addressed: GSM900, GSM1800, UMTS900, UMTS1800, UMTS in the
2GHz FDD coreband and CDMA450/FLASHOFDM (CDMA2000/FLASHOFDM at around 450 MHz). In addition, an
extension of the analysis of the compatibility of the GSM onboard system and terrestrial networks to cover the
technologiesenvisagedinthe2.6GHzbandispresented.

Thefollowingscenarioswereconsideredinthereport,

- Scenario 3: GSMOB impact on the terrestrial communication link (GBTS/NODEB to GMS/UE (downlink))
fromasingleaircraft.
- Scenario 4: GSMOB impact on the terrestrial communications link (GBTS/NODEB to GMS/UE (downlink))
frommultipleaircraft.
- Scenario5:GSMOBimpactontheterrestrialcommunicationslink(GMS/UETOGBTS/NODEB(uplink))from
asingleaircraft.
- Scenario6:GSMOBimpactontheterrestrialcommunicationlink(GMS/UETOGBTS/NODEB(UPLINK))from
multipleaircraft.

ECC Report 96: Compatibility between UMTS 900/1800 and systems operating in adjacent bands, Krakow. (March
2007)

ThisreportdealswiththecompatibilitystudybetweenUMTS900/1800andsystemsoperatinginadjacentbands.

This report gives the description of the compatibility study methodology, coexistence scenarios, simulation
assumptions,andthe results for the deploymentof UMTS operating in900 MHz and in 1800MHzbands taking into
account adjacent band systems. Although best effort has been made to provide assumptions and results to
encompass the widest range of possible situations, however there might be some country specific cases where
different assumptions need to be made. Furthermore it has to be noted that based on the operational experience
furtheranalysesmayhavetobecarriedout.

ThereportcontainsoneSEAMCATsimulationwhereGSMRisthevictimandUMTS900isinterferer.

ThisworksheetalsocontainsLinkLeveldataforUMTSDL:920.0MHz:downlink:1%FER.

ECC Report 099: TETRA Enhanced Data Services (TEDS): Impact on existing PMR/PAMR and Air Ground Air (AGA)
systemsinthe400MHzband.(September2007)

ThisECCreportpresentstheresultsobtainedintheframeoftheTETRAEnhancedDataServices(TEDS)compatibility
studies. These studies consist on the evaluation of the impact of TEDS on existing PMR system in the 380470 MHz
frequency band and military applications below 400 MHz. The opposite direction impact from existing PMR system
andfrommilitaryapplicationsonTEDSwasalsoexaminedinthereport.

SEAMCATwasusedtodefineeithertheinterferenceprobability(fornonCDMAsystem)orthecapacitylossforCDMA
system,whenCDMAsystemsarevictimofinterferencefromaTEDSradiolink.

207

Victim Interferer Victim Interferer

AnalogueFMPMR 25kHzTEDS 25kHzTEDS 25kHzAnalogueFMPMR
TETRA 25kHzTEDS 50kHzTEDS 25kHzAnalogueFMPMR
TETRAPOL 25kHzTEDS 100kHzTEDS 25kHzAnalogueFMPMR
CDMAPMR 25kHzTEDS 150kHzTEDS 25kHzAnalogueFMPMR
AnalogueFMPMR 50kHzTEDS 25kHzTEDS TETRA
TETRA 50kHzTEDS 50kHzTEDS TETRA
TETRAPOL 50kHzTEDS 100kHzTEDS TETRA
CDMAPMR 50kHzTEDS 150kHzTEDS TETRA
AnalogueFMPMR 100kHzTEDS 25kHzTEDS TETRAPOL
TETRA 100kHzTEDS 50kHzTEDS TETRAPOL
TETRAPOL 100kHzTEDS 100kHzTEDS TETRAPOL
CDMAPMR 100kHzTEDS 150kHzTEDS TETRAPOL
AnalogueFMPMR 150kHzTEDS 25kHzTEDS CDMA
TETRA 150kHzTEDS 50kHzTEDS CDMA
TETRAPOL 150kHzTEDS 100kHzTEDS CDMA
CDMAPMR 150kHzTEDS 150kHzTEDS CDMA
Table63:SEAMCATscenariosstudiedinECCReport099
AdditionallythefollowingTETRA/TEDScompatibilitystudiesweresimulated

- CASE1250kHzBandwidthInterleaving
o 25kHzTEDSonTETRA
o 50kHzTEDSonTETRA
o TETRAon25kHzTEDS
o TETRAon50kHzTEDS

- CASE250kHzBandwidthInterleaving
o 25kHzTEDSonTETRA
o 50kHzTEDSonTETRA
o TETRAon25kHzTEDS
o TETRAon50kHzTEDS

AnnexAofthereportcontainsTEDSparametersusedforcalculationsandsimulations

Annex B of the report contains the Analogue FM, TETRA, TETRAPOL and CDMAPAMR radio parameters used for
calculationsandsimulations.

ECCReport104:Compatibilitybetweenmobileradiosystemsoperatingintherange450470MHzandDigitalVideo
BroadcastingTerrestrial(DVBT)systemoperatinginUHFTVchannel21(470478MHz).(June2007)

ThisreportprovidesresultsofcompatibilitystudiesbetweenPrivateMobileRadio(PMR)/PublicAccessMobileRadio
(PAMR)systemsoperatinginthe450470MHzandDigitalVideoBroadcastingTerrestrial(DVBT)systemoperatingin
theband470862MHz.

In particular, the report focuses on the impact of the DVBT system using UHF Channel 21, 470 478 MHz on
PMR/PAMR systems operating below 470 MHz, and on the impact of PMR/PAMR operating on the channels just
below470MHzintoDVBTfixedreceptionoperatingonchannel21.

DVBTtransmitterasasourceofinterference
- ScenarioSEAMCAT1:DVBTtransmitterinterfering12.5kHzPMR/PAMRMSin460470MHz
- ScenarioSEAMCAT2:DVBTtransmitterinterferingTEDSPMR/PAMRMSin460470MHz
- ScenarioSEAMCAT3:DVBTtransmitterinterferingCDMAPAMRMSin460470MHz

208
PMR/PAMRasasourceofinterferenceintoDVBT
- AnaloguenarrowbandFMPMR/PAMR
- TEDS25kHz
- TEDS150kHz
- CDMA1XPAMRBStransmitterinterferingDVBT

Thetechnicalparametersaregivenfor:

- Televisioncharacteristics
o AnalogueTV
o DigitalTV
o Antennaamplifiers

- PMR/PAMRcharacteristics
o CharacteristicsforPMR/PAMR12.5kHz
o CharacteristicsforTEDS
o CharacteristicsforCDMA1X
o ProtectionRatios(PR)forPMR/PAM

Thisreportalsocontainsthefollowingannexes,
Annex1:PropagationmodelforSEAMCATsimulationsontheimpactofDVBTonPMR/PAMRat470MHz
In order to assess the impact of DVBT on PMR/PAMR systems, it is proposed to use a propagation model
basedonRecommendationITURP.1546,asimplementedwithinSEAMCATversion3.
It has to be noted that the propagation model defined in Recommendation ITUR P.1546 is not defined for
distanceslowerthan1km;thereforethereisaneedtodevelopacomplementarymodelthatwillprovide
attenuationfordistanceslowerthan1km.

Annex2:ImplementationofprotectionratiowithinSEAMCAT

Annex3:ImplementationofblockingandfirstadjacentcriterionwithinSEAMCATwhenmodellingTEDS.

ECC Report 121: Compatibility studies between Professional Wireless Microphone Systems (PWMS) and other
services/systems in the bands 14521492 MHz, 14921530 MHz, 15331559 MHz also considering the
services/systemsintheadjacentbands(below1452MHzandabove1559MHz).(September2008)

FollowingarequestfromETSI,WGFMrequestedWGSEtoconsiderthepossibledeploymentofProfessionalWireless
MicrophoneSystems(PWMS),inthebands:
- 1452MHzto1492MHz,
- 1492MHzto1530MHz,
- 1533MHzto1559MHz.

Inallofthesebands,compatibilityandsharingissuesneedtobeassessedinordertoidentifythepreferredsubbands
forPWMS.

This report provides compatibility studies between PWMS and the services possibly affected by their deployment in
the bands 14521492 MHz, 14921530 MHz, 15331559 MHz also considering the services in the adjacent bands
(below1452MHzandabove1559MHz).

Compatibilitystudiesintheband14291452MHz
- CompatibilitybetweenPWMSandpointtopointFixedService

Compatibilitystudiesintheband14521492MHz
- CompatibilitybetweenPWMSandpointtopointFixedService

Compatibilitystudiesintheband14921518MHz
- CompatibilitybetweenPWMSandAeronauticalTelemetrysystems
209
210
o ThisisdiscussedbutnotincludedintheattachedSEAMCATWorksheet

Compatibilitystudiesintheband15331559MHz
- CompatibilitybetweenPWMSdevicesandMobileSatelliteService
o CospasSarsatforMSG
o ThisisdiscussedbutnotincludedintheattachedSEAMCATWorksheet

ThisreportcontainstheparametersusedandalsoanannexlookingatSEAMCATanalysiscochannelcaseindoor
case6dBwallloss.

ECCReport122:ThecompatibilitybetweenGSMuseonboardvesselsandlandbasednetworks.(September2008)

ThisReportstudiedthecoexistenceofGSMsystems,operatinginthe900and1800MHzbands,usedonboardvessels
(knownasGSMOBVorasMCVMobileCommunicationsonboardVessels)interritorialwaterswithlandbasedGSM
and UMTS systems. Also coexistence with RSBN systems used by some CEPT countries for aeronautical radio
navigationwasconsidered.

Annex 2 presents a coexistence study based on application of statistical MonteCarlo simulation approach using
SEAMCATsoftware,whichmakesanassumptionofuniformlyrandomdistributionofship/GSMOBVanywherewithin
the 012 NM distance from victim landbased GSM system or within short segments near the shore during slow
approach/departurephases;

Annex 3 presents a statistical coexistence study between GSMOBV and expected in the near future deployment of
UMTS900/1800systems.

PropagationmodelsusedinSEAMCATstudies:
DuetothefactthatP.1546modelimplementedinSEAMCATdoesnothaveseapathoption,afreespacemodelwas
usedinsteadasaworstcasefallbackoption.AlsoHatamodelwasusedforsomespecificcasessuchaspropagationin
cluttered environment of the ship for scenario 3 (HATA SRD model) and when modelling signal distribution inside
affectedlandbasednetworks(ruralpropagationmodel).

ECCReport123:TheimpactofObjectDiscriminationandCharacterization(ODC)applicationsusingUltraWideband
(UWB)technologyonradioservices.(September2008)

This report considers the possible impact of ODC (Object Discrimination and Characterization) on radio
services/systems taking into account existing regulation for UWB by defining a spectrum emission mask, based on
assumptionsforthedensityandactivityfactorapplicableforEurope

Annex2:SEAMCATsimulationsforRAS(RadioAstronomyService)
The annex sets eight scenarios showing the impact of different types of Object Discrimination and Characterization
(ODC)applicationsusingUltraWideband(UWB)technologyintoRAS.

ECCReport128:Compatibilitystudiesbetweenpseudolitesandservicesinthefrequencybands11641215,1215
1300AND15591610MHz.(January2009)

Pseudolites (Pseudo satellites, PLs) are ground based radio transmitters that transmit a RNSSlike navigation signal.
They are intended to be complementary to RNSS systems and transmit on the same frequency bands 11641215,
12151300and15591610MHzasRNSSsystems.

ThedifferentsystemsstudiedaredetailedbelowandarecapturedinAnnex14ofthereport.

- ImpactofpseudolitesonRNSS(RadioNavigationSatelliteService(ITU))
- ImpactofpseudolitesonARNS(AeronauticalRadioNavigationService)
- ImpactofpseudolitesonRDS(RadioDeterminationService)(RNS(ANDRLS(RadioLocationSystem))
- ImpactofpseudolitesonEESS(EarthExplorationSatelliteService)
- ImpactofpseudolitesonRASintheband16101613MHz

Annex18 :Bandwidthcorrectionfactor
ThisAnnexismeantasatutorialforbeginnersinordertounderstandtheeffectofdifferentbandwidthattheVrand
Itinthesimulation.

When the bandwidth of the interferer and the victim are different it is necessary to apply a bandwidth correction
factorwhencalculatingtheemissionpowerforaspecificbandwidth.ThisisillustratedinFigure214.

Lets take the following example with and interferer transmitting 2000 mW. This is equivalent to 33 dBm (see
conversiontable).Theamountofenergythatavictimreceiverreceivesinitsbandwidthcanbederivedaccordingto
thesetwocases:

ItBW>VrBW
Vr
BW=100kHz It
It
BW=200kHz
Pe=33dBm
Pe=30dBm
Pe=33dBm+correctionfactor
Pe=33dBm 3dB
correctionfactor=10log(VrBW/ItBW)
ItBW<VrBW

Figure214:illustrationofthebandwidthcorrectionfactor

Linear dB
2 3dB
4 6dB
8 9dB
16 12dB
10 10dB
20 13dB
100 20dB
1000 30dB
25 100/4=20dB6dB=14dB
2000 1000*2=30dB+3dB=33dB
50 100/2=20dB3dB=17dB
Table64:Conversiontable
Interferingenergyinthereceiverbandwidth
Vr
BW=400kHz It
It
BW=200kHz
Pe=33dBm
Pe=33dBm
211
Annex19 :AnswerstotheTetravsFMPMRexample
Note:Seethequestionsofthisexerciseinsection12onp.102.

Definitionoftheworkspace,name:"TETRAPMR"

Victimlink/General
- Reference: PMR
- Frequency:412.00625MHz(channelspacing)
- Usewantedtransmitter:yes

VictimReceiver
General
- Reference: PMRBS
- C/I: 21dB(ifonlyC/I,thenC/(N+I)and(I+N)/Nare
notrequired)
- C/(I+N):21dB(C/(N+I)requiredonlyforselected
BlockingMode)
- Noisefloor: 131dBm,constant(=SensitivityC/I)
- Blockingresponse: 23dB,constant
- Blockingmode: Sensitivity
- Sensitivity: 110dBm
- Bandwidthreceiver:8kHz
- Antennaheight: 30m,constant
- Antennaazimuth: 0...360deg,uniform
- Antennaelevation: 0deg,constant (horizontal
direction)

Antenna
- Reference: PMRBS
- Description: Omnidirectional
- Maximumgain: 9dBi

WantedTransmitter
General
- Reference: PMRMS
- Power: 37dBm,constant
- Antennaheight: 1.5m,constant
- Antennaazimuth: 0...360degrees,uniform
- Antennaelevation: 0degrees,constant
(horizontaldirection)

Antenna
- Reference: PMRMS
- Description: Omnidirectional
- Maximumgain: 0dBi

WtVrpath
Coverageradius
- Cellradiusmode: Userdefinedradius
- Fixedradius: 7.8km
- Correlation: No(forWtVr)
- Radiopathlength: uniformpolar(DistanceVr:
(0...1)*cellradius)
- PathAzimuthVr: 0...360deg,uniform

Propagationmodel
- Model: Hata
- MedianLoss:Yes
- Variation: Yes
- Environment: RURAL (resultsinlowestpath
attenuation)
- ...atWt: OUTDOOR
- ...atVr: OUTDOOR
- Propagation: ABOVEROOF (causedby
30mBSAntennaheight)

Interferinglink1/General
- Reference: TETRAPMRILK1
- Frequency: 410.1875411.9875MHz,uniform

InterferingTransmitter
General
- Reference: TETRAMS
- Transmittingpower: 30dBm,constant

212
- Unwantedmask:OffsetinMHz,powerindBc
referredtoReferencebandwidth
10.0000 100.0000 18.0000
0.5010 100.0000 18.0000
0.5000 80.0000 18.0000
0.2510 80.0000 18.0000
0.2500 75.0000 18.0000
0.1000 75.0000 18.0000
0.0750 66.0000 18.0000
0.0500 66.0000 18.0000
0.0250 60.0000 18.0000
0.0125 0.0000 18.0000
0.0125 0.0000 18.0000
0.0250 60.0000 18.0000
0.0500 66.0000 18.0000
0.0750 66.0000 18.0000
0.1000 75.0000 18.0000
0.2500 75.0000 18.0000
0.2510 80.0000 18.0000
0.5000 80.0000 18.0000
0.5010 100.0000 18.0000
10.0000 100.0000 18.0000
- Unwantedemissionfloor:NO
- Transmittingbandwidth:18kHz(Bandwidth<
channel)
- Referencebandwidth: 18kHz
- PowerControl: YES
- Antennaheight: 1.5m,constant
- Antennaazimuth: 0...360degrees,uniform
- Antennaelevation: 0degrees,constant(horizontal
direction)

Powercontrol(atreceiver)
- Powercontrolstep: 5dB
- Minthreshold: 86dBm
- Dynamicrange: 15dB

Antenna
- Reference: TETRAMS
- Description: Omnidirectional
- Maximumgain: 0dBi

WantedReceiver(onlyforpowercontrol)
General
- Reference: TETRABS
- Antennaheight: 30m,constant
- Antennaazimuth: 0...360degrees,uniform
- Antennaelevation: 0degrees,constant(horizontal
direction)

Antenna
- Reference: TETRABS
- Description: Omnidirectional
- Maximumgain: 11dBi

ItVrpath
Relativelocation
- Correlationmode: Uniformdensity
- PathAzimuthVr: 0...360degrees,uniform
- Numberofactiveinterferers:9
- Densityofactiveinterferers:5users/km
- Probabilityoftransmission:1(transmits
permanently)
- Activityperhour:1(transmitspermanently)
- Protectiondistance: 0km

Propagationmodel
- Model: Hata
- MedianLoss:Yes
- Variation: Yes
- Environment: RURAL
- ...atWt: OUTDOOR
- ...atVr: OUTDOOR
- Propagation:ABOVEROOF

ItWrpath(onlyforpowercontrol!)
Computationoftheradiocoverageoftheinterferer
- Correlation: No (forItWr)
- Mode: Trafficlimitednetwork
- Densityofinterferers:5users/km
- Numberofchannels: 80
- Numberofuserperchannel: 1users/ch
- Frequencycluster:9
- PathdistanceFactor: uniformpolar(Distance:
(0...1)*cellradius)
- PathAzimuth:0...360degrees,uniform

213
Propagationmodel
- Model: Hata
- MedianLoss:Yes
- Variation: Yes
- Environment: RURAL
- ...atWt: OUTDOOR
- ...atVr: OUTDOOR
- Propagation:ABOVEROOF

Simulationcontrol/Eventgeneration
- Numberofsamples: 20000

Testofthesimulation
Calculatedradius
- Coverageradius(wantedsystem):7.8km
- Coverageradius(interferingsystem1):0.752km
- simulationradius1:0.7569km

GeneratedSignals
PCon
- dRSS:mean: 69.7dBm,std:11.8dB
- iRSS
unwanted
:mean:127.7dBm,std:10.0dB
- iRSS
blocking
:mean:144.6dBm,std:7.1dB
PCoff
- dRSS:mean: 69.7dBm,std:11.8dB
- iRSS
unwanted
:mean:112.6dBm,std:10.8dB
- iRSS
blocking
:mean:129.6dBm,std:7.1dB
Interferencecalculation/ICEcalculation
- InterferenceCriteria: C/I
- Compatibilitymode: Yes(Probabilityof
interference)
- Unwantedemissions:Yes
- Blocking" Yes

Result
Probability:1.1%whenPConand8.1%whenPCoff

214
215

Annex20 :Listofreferences

[1] 3GPPTechnicalSpecificationTS25.104(Release7),BaseStation(BS)radiotransmissionandreception(FDD),
200512
[2] RecommendationITURSM.329:Unwantedemissionsinthespuriousdomain
[3] 3GPPTechnicalSpecificationTS25.101(Release7),UserEquipment(UE)radiotransmissionandreception(FDD),
200512
[4] ECCReport82:CompatibilitystudyforUMTSoperatingwithintheGSM900andGSM1800frequencybands
[5] ECCReport96:CompatibilitybetweenUMTS900/1800andsystemsoperatinginadjacentbands
[6] WCDMAforUMTSbyHolmaandToskala(Wiley)
[7] ERCReport68:Compatibilitystudiesintheband57255875MHzbetweenFixedWirelessAccess(FWA)systems
andothersystems
[8] RadioRegulationRR.1.146
[9] NicholasMetropolis(1987),"ThebeginningoftheMonteCarlomethod",LosAlamosScience(1987SpecialIssue
dedicatedtoStanislawUlam):125130,http://library.lanl.gov/lapubs/00326866.pdf
[10] 3GPPTR36.942:LTE;EvolvedUniversalTerrestrialRadioAccess(EUTRA);RadioFrequency(RF)system
scenarios.
[11] ITURReportSM.20281:MonteCarlosimulationmethodologyfortheuseinsharingandcompatibilitystudies
betweendifferentradioservicesorsystems.
[12] OtherCellInterferenceinCellularPowerControlledCDMA,AndrewJ.Viterbi,AudreyM.Viterbi,andEphraim
Zehavi,IEEETransactionsonCommunications,vol.42,No.2/3/4,p15011504,1994.

Annex21 :Listofabbreviations

Abbreviation Explanation
ACS AdjacentChannelSelectivity
ACIR AdjacentChannelInterferenceRatio
ACLR AdjacentChannelLeakageRatio
CDF CumulativeDistributionFunction
CDMAE CDMAEngine
dRSS DesiredReceivedSignalStrength
EGE EventGenerationEngine
GUI GraphicalUserInterface
ICE InterferenceCalculationEngine
iRSS InterferingReceivedSignalStrength
It Interferingtransmitter
MCL MinimumCouplingLoss
PDF ProbabilityDistributionFunction
Rx Receiver
sws SEAMCATWorkSpace
Tx Transmitter
UI UserInterface
Vr Victimreceiver
Wt Wantedtransmitter
Wr Wantedreceiver





216
Annex22 :Glossary
Terminologyusedinthesoftwareandinthismanualis:

3GPP The 3rd Generation Partnership Project prepares, approves and maintains globally applicable
technical specifications and technical reports for the evolved 3rd generation and beyond mobile
system known as UMTS and LTE/EUTRA. 3GPP also maintains the technical specifications and
technicalreportsforGSM,includingGPRSandEDGE.

3GPP2 The3rdGenerationPartnershipProject2fortheNorthAmericanandAsianinterest.

ACIR Adjacent Channel Interference Ratio is defined as the ratio of the power of an adjacentchannel
interferer,tothepowermeasuredafterareceivefilterintheadjacentchannelandisaresultof
bothtransmitterandreceiverimperfections.

ACLR AdjacentChannelLeakage(Power)Ratio.TheACLRofasignalisdefinedastheratioofthesignals
power to the power of the signal when measured at the output of a (nominally rectangular)
receiverfiltercentredonanadjacentfrequencychannel.

ACS AdjacentChannelSelectivity(ACS)isameasurementofareceiver'sabilitytoprocessadesired
signalwhilerejectingastrongsignalinanadjacentfrequencychannel.ACSisdefinedastheratio
ofexternalinterferencetotheinterferenceappearingatareceiverinput.

Activelist
(CDMAmodule)
DifferentforeachUE.WhenaUEisdroppedinthenetwork,itconnectstoalltheBS(i.e.19or
57). The connect procedure involves the calculation of the path loss. The UE sort all the
connectionsbypathlosssothatthefirstitemofthelististheonewiththeshortestpathloss.In
theCDMAmoduleonlytwoBSswhicharewithinthehandovermargincanbeaddedtotheactive
list.IntheOFDMAmodule,thereisnolimitationonthenumberofBSs

C representthedesiredsignalreceivedfromtheWantedTransmitter

dRSS Victimswantedsignalstrengthoralsodesiredreceivedsignalstrength

BTS InacellularsystemtheBaseTransceiverStationterminatestheradiointerface.

CDMA CodeDivisionMultipleAccess(CDMA)isamultipleaccessschemefordigitalradio,tosendvoice,
data,andsignallingdatabetweenmobilephonesandcellsites.CDMAchannelsaredefinedwith
codesandpermitmanysimultaneoustransmittersonthesamefrequencychannel.

CEPT EuropeanConferenceofPostalandTelecommunicationsAdministrations

CoverageRadius Radiusofthecoveragewherereceiversaredistributedaroundthetransmitterofthesamelink

e.i.r.p. Equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p) or, alternatively, effective isotropic radiated
poweristheamountofpowerthatwouldhavetobeemittedbyanisotropicantenna(thatevenly
distributes power in all directions and is a theoretical construct) to produce the peak power
densityobservedinthedirectionofmaximumantennagain.

ETSI EuropeanTelecommunicationStandardsInstitute.http://www.etsi.org/

Interferinglink: link,whichcreatesinterferenceintotheVictimreceiver

Interfering transmitterwithintheconsideredInterferingLink
217
218
transmitter(It)

iRSS Interferingsignalstrength

I representstheinterferingpowerreceivedbytheVictimReceiver

LTE Long Term Evolution is the name given to a project within the Third Generation Partnership
Project (3GPP) to enhance the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) mobile
phonestandard.TheresultingEUTRA(EvolvedUniversalTerrestrialRadioAccess)radiointerface
is based on orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) for the downlink and single
carrierfrequencydivisionmultipleaccess(SCFDMA)fortheuplink.

N,N
t
representthepowernoiseproducedbyelectroniccomponents

OFDM

OrthogonalFrequencyDivisionMultiplexing(OFDM)isadigitalmulticarriermodulationscheme,
whichusesalargenumberofcloselyspacedorthogonalsubcarriers.Eachsubcarrieris
modulatedwithaconventionalmodulationscheme(suchasquadratureamplitudemodulation)at
a low symbol rate, maintaining data rates similar to conventional singlecarrier modulation
schemesinthesamebandwidth.

OFDMA OrthogonalFrequencyDivisionMultiplexingAccess

OptimalCapacity
(CDMAmodule)
ThenumberofUEspercell thatagivenCDMAnetworkisabletoserveunderidealconditions
withoutanyexternalinterference

Simulationradius RadiusofthecoveragewhereInterferingTransmittersaredistributedaroundtheVictimReceiver.

Victimlink astudiedlinkcontainingtransmitterandreceiver

Victimreceiver
(Vr)
receiverwithintheconsideredVictimLink

Wantedreceiver
(Wr)
receiverwithintheconsideredInterferingLink.

Wanted
transmitter(Wt)
transmitterwithintheconsideredVictimLink

INDEX

A
ACIR............................................................................. 93,164
ACLR .................................................................................. 164
ACS .............................................................................. 96,164
Antenna............................................................................. 154
Azimuth................................................................. 119,154
Elevation ............................................................... 119,154
Gain......................................................... 70,119,154,157
Pattern .......................................................................... 156
Architecture......................................................................... 23
B
bandwidth ........................................................................... 22
bandwidthcorrectionfactor ............................................. 212
Batchoperation............................................................. 24,71
Blocking ........................................................................... 7,22
Attenuation........................................................... 111,143
iRSSblocking ...................................................... 22,51,133
Protectionratio............................................................. 143
Response................................................................. 49,143
Sensitivity...................................................................... 143
Userdefinedmode ....................................................... 143
C
C/(N+I) ............................................................................... 127
C/I ................................................................................ 19,127
CDMA
Algorithm ...................................................................... 166
Blockingmask.......................................................... 80,148
Calldroptreshold............................................................ 81
Capacityfinding......................................................... 84,86
CDMAengine .................................................................. 23
Emissionmask......................................................... 80,140
Initialfinding ................................................................... 84
Inputparameters ............................................................ 81
Linkcomponent .............................................................. 81
lookuptable................................................................... 81
MCL ................................................................................. 81
Noninterferedcapacity.................................... 84,86,166
Outage................................................................. 82,84,90
PCConvergenceprecision............................................... 82
Positioning ...................................................................... 83
Powercontrol............................................................ 79,82
ReferenceCell ................................................................. 85
Results............................................................................. 90
Targetnoiserise.............................................................. 82
Voiceactivityfactor ........................................................ 81
Closestinterferer............................................................... 124
Compatibilitycalculationmode............................. 24,48,127
Consistencycheck.............................36,54,81,113,129,202
Constantdistribution......................................................... 151
correlationcase................................................. 115,120,124
Coverageradius..............................33,56,116,120,131,158
D
Debugmode...............................................................125,206
DeltaX/Y .................................................... 115,120,125,132
Desensitisation.....................................................................20
Discreteuniformdistribution.............................................152
Distributionfunctions ........................................................151
dRSS .....................................................................................20
Calculation...............................................................34,131
Results .......................................................................37,47
Userdefined..........................................................111,132
E
EGE.......................................................................................23
Emission
Bandwidth .......................................................................41
Mask ........................................................................50,135
Unwanted........................................................................21
Uwantedemissionfloor ................................................118
F
Filtering......................................................................144,164
Floor
Uwantedemissionfloor ................................................137
Frequencycluster/reuse.....................................................57
G
Gaussiandistribution.........................................................151
H
Handovermargin ...........................................................81,97
I
I/N......................................................................................127
ICE........................................................................................23
interferencecriteria.............................................................19
InterferenceMechanisms
eceiverblocking...............................................................21
Intermodulationproducts ...............................................21
Interferinglink .....................................................................39
Interferingtransmitter.........................................................41
Intermodulation.................................................................134
Rejection........................................................................134
Response .......................................................................113
iRSS ......................................................................................20
Calculation...............................................................44,133
Results .............................................................................47
iRSS
blocking
...........................................................................133
iRSS
intermodulation
...................................................................134
iRSS
unwanted
....................................................................51,133
219
L
Library.................................................................................. 31
M
MCL...................................................................................... 97
MinimumCouplingLoss(MCL).............................................. 7
MonteCarlo........................................................................... 7
multipleinterferers ............................................................. 73
N
N+I/N................................................................................. 127
Noisefigure ................................................................... 81,97
Noisefloor ..................................................... 20,53,104,112
Noiselimitednetwork............................................... 121,158
O
OFDMA
Algorithm ...................................................................... 182
C/Icalculation ................................................................. 93
Interferinglink................................................................. 99
Linkcomponent .............................................................. 97
Lookuptable .................................................................. 96
LTE............................................................................. 92,99
Pathlosscorrelation ....................................................... 99
Powercontrol.................................................................. 95
Results........................................................................... 101
Victimlink ....................................................................... 96
P
Pathazimuth ..................................................................... 154
Pathdistancefactor............................... 42,63,116,121,122
PostioningoftheVrvsIt ..................................................... 42
powercontrol .......................66,104,118,131,133,135,162
Propagationmodel ............................................ 131,159,184
ExtendedHata............................................................... 186
ExtendedHataSRD ..................................................... 190
Freespace............................................................... 35,185
ITURRec.P.15461....................................................... 195
Plugin ........................................................................... 184
Sphericaldiffraction...................................................... 191
Protectiondistance......................................................64,161
Protectionratio....................................................................53
R
Rayleighdistribution..........................................................151
S
Sensitivity.................................................................20,23,52
sensitivitymode...................................................................52
Simulationcontrol..............................................................125
simulationradius .......................................................123,161
Simulationreport.................................................................17
Simulationtime..................................................................125
T
Trafficlimitednetwork ......................................................158
Translationcalculationmode.................................24,49,127
treefolder............................................................................37
U
Uniformdistribution ..........................................................151
Uniformpolarangle...........................................................151
Uniformpolardistance ......................................................151
Userdefined(stair) ............................................................152
Userdefineddistribution...................................................151
userdefinedmode...............................................................52
UserInterface(UI) ...............................................................24
Userdefined ......................................................................151
V
Victimlink ............................................................................30
Victimreceiver .....................................................................32
W
Wantedsignal ......................................................................19
Wantedsignalmargin..........................................................20
Wantedtransmitter .............................................................33
Workspace ...........................................................................27

220
(blankpage)
221
222

Nansensgade 19, 3
1366 Copenhagen K, Denmark


Tel: + 45 33 89 63 00
Fax: + 45 33 89 63 30


E-mail: ero@ero.dk
Websit e: www.ero.dk